Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Tetra Tech

Tetra Tech

ttek · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ttek
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Tetra Tech
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018AnnualReportPOWER OF PERFORMANCEDear Shareholders,

Today Tetra Tech’s high-end consulting and 
engineering services are more in demand than 
ever before.   With our focus on Leading with 
Science®, we are ideally positioned to provide 
the sustainable solutions that are needed in a 
changing world. We are providing solutions to 
help our clients adapt and design for the future—
from urban centers such as Sydney, Montreal, 
and Los Angeles; to the fragile ecosystems in 
Indonesia; to the emerging economies in Africa. 

I am pleased to report that in 2018 we provided our clients with best-in-class 
services through more than 64,000 projects performed in 120 countries on 
all 7 continents. The cumulative efforts of our more than 17,000 associates 
resulted in Tetra Tech generating an all-time high revenue of $2.96 billion for 
the fiscal year. We ended the year with a backlog of $2.66 billion, the highest 
in the history of the company. Tetra Tech’s strong performance in fiscal year 
2018 generated diluted earnings per share of $2.42, up 19 percent from the 
prior year. Our operations generated $177 million of cash flow, up 28 percent 
from the prior year. During 2018 we returned $99 million to shareholders 
through a combination of dividends and stock buybacks, while continuing 
to invest in strategic acquisitions. Our strong financial performance is well 
recognized by the investment community and contributed to a 182 percent 
total shareholder return over the last three years.  

In 2018 we continued to execute on our goal to be the premier consulting 
and engineering firm in water, environment, infrastructure, resource 
management, energy, and international development. Tetra Tech was 
ranked the number one water services firm for the 15th consecutive year 
by Engineering News-Record, the leading trade journal for our industry. 
Our integrated approach to water management is providing more resilient 
solutions than ever before for clients in regions affected by water scarcity, 
with new project wins across the southern United States, especially 
in Florida, Texas, and California. We also were ranked number one in 
environmental management for the 10th consecutive year, with work that 
included major river restoration programs in Wisconsin, New Jersey, and 

the District of Columbia. Our work for the U.S. military increased by 18 percent compared to last year, supported by more 
than $1 billion in new contract wins; and we further expanded our work for the Australian military in addressing emerging 
contaminants. We grew our environmental services for the aviation industry by acquiring BridgeNet International, whose 
proprietary software provides 3-D modeling and acoustic simulations for major airports worldwide.  

Our infrastructure engineering practice grew rapidly last year with the acquisition of the high-end sustainable design firms 
Glumac and Norman Disney & Young, which together added 1,000 engineers and tech nical staff in the United States, the 
United Kingdom, and Australia. Collectively, 
our sustainable infrastructure design practice 
now has the global resources to serve our 
clients and generate more than $200 million in 
revenues annually. Our resource management 
and energy practices also grew last year with 
the acquisition of Canadian Projects Limited, 
which extended our highly successful U.S. 
renewable energy practice into Canada. In 
the international development sector, we 

Our integrated approach to water management is 
providing more resilient solutions than ever before 
for clients in regions affected by water scarcity, 
with new project wins across the southern United 
States, especially in Florida, Texas, and California.

were awarded more than $1 billion in contracts with United States, United Kingdom, and Australian foreign aid agencies, 
with increased emphasis on programs that mitigate the economic threats of climate change to food supplies and energy 
resilience in developing countries.  

Tetra Tech’s disaster response services continued to expand, as we address the cumulative effects of the unprecedented 
increase in billion-dollar disasters that have struck the United States over the past 3 years, with more than 11 natural 
disasters declared in 2018 alone. Tetra Tech has supported its clients in responding to these new disasters, notably the 
extensive fires this past year in California and flooding and wind damage associated with Hurricanes Florence and Michael 
in the southeastern United States. Throughout the recovery cycle, we support our clients as their needs progress from 
early monitoring; to damage assessment; to the design of sustainable and resilient solutions. We work in partnership with 
our clients to not only rebuild but build better to address the needs of a changing world.

As we begin 2019 our strategy is clear—to be the global leader in sustainable solutions by continuing to grow our services 
in water, environment, and energy; continuing to expand our specialized design services in infrastructure; and further 
supporting the long-term recovery and resilient design needs in regions affected by change. As the world transforms 
how energy is generated, used, stored, and delivered, we are ready to support our clients in designing the most effective 
solutions. From innovative buildings that generate more energy than consumed to supporting the permitting of the first 
offshore wind projects on the east coast of the United States, we are at the cutting edge of this energy transformation.

As our company grows, we continue to be committed to returning value to our shareholders and delivering on the financial 
results that have been a hallmark of Tetra Tech. We will continue to invest our capital into the strategic expansion of the 
company both through organic growth initiatives and key acquisitions.  

In the new year, we look forward to the opportunities to expand the services we provide to our clients, work in new 
geographies, and support resiliency and sustainability in communities around the world. On behalf of Tetra Tech, we 
thank you for your continued confidence and support. 

Sincerely,

Dan Batrack
Chairman & CEO

[This page intentionally left blank] 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
____________________________________________________________________________ 
FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)   

 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 

OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018 

or 

For the Transition Period from                          to  

Commission File Number 0-19655 

____________________________________________________________________________ 

TETRA TECH, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

95-4148514 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

3475 East Foothill Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91107 
 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 

(626) 351-4664 
 (Registrant's telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $.01 par value 
 (Title of class) 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
 (Name of exchange) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 

____________________________________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company," and 
"emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.   Large accelerated filer     Accelerated filer     Non-accelerated filer     
Smaller reporting company      Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  No  

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates on April 1, 2018, was $2.6 billion (based upon the closing price 
of a share of registrant's common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market on that date). 

On November 1, 2018, 55,356,389 shares of the registrant's common stock were outstanding. 

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of registrant's Proxy Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report where 
indicated. 

 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1  Business 
General 
Mission 
The Tetra Tech Strategy 
Reportable Segments 
Government Services Group 
Commercial/International Services Group 
Remediation and Construction Management 
Project Examples 
Clients 
Contracts 
Marketing and Business Development 
Sustainability Program 
Acquisitions and Divestitures 
Competition 
Backlog 
Regulations 
Seasonality 
Potential Liability and Insurance 
Employees 
Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Item 1A  Risk Factors 
Item 1B  Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 2  Properties 
Item 3  Legal Proceedings 
Item 4  Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II 

Item 5  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities 

Item 6  Selected Financial Data 
Item 7  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Item 7A  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 
Item 8  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Item 9  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Item 9A  Controls and Procedures 
Item 9B  Other Information 

PART III 
Item 10  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Item 11  Executive Compensation 
Item 12  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Item 13  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Item 14  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Item 15  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

Index to Exhibits 
Signatures 

PART IV 

2 

Page 

3 
3 
3 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
7 
7 
7 
9 
9 
9 
10 
10 
10 
11 
11 
12 
12 
15 
30 
31 
31 
31 

32 

34 
35 
53 
55 
90 
90 
90 

90 
91 
91 
91 
91 

91 
93 
95 

             This Annual Report on Form 10-K ("Report"), including the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations," contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to the 
safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange 
Act"). All statements other than statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements. These 
statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate and the 
beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such as "expects," "anticipates," "targets," "goals," "projects," "intends," 
"plans," "believes," "estimates," "seeks," "continues," "may," variations of such words, and similar expressions are intended to 
identify such forward-looking statements. In addition, statements that refer to projections of our future financial performance, our 
anticipated growth and trends in our businesses, and other characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking 
statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties 
and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those identified below under "Risk Factors," and elsewhere herein. Therefore, 
actual results may differ materially and adversely  from those expressed in any forward-looking statements.  We undertake no 
obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason. 

PART I 

Item 1.    Business 

General 

Tetra Tech, Inc. is a leading global provider of consulting and engineering services that focuses on water, environment, 
infrastructure, resource management, energy, and international development. We are a global company that leads with science and is 
renowned for our expertise in providing water-related solutions for public and private clients. We typically begin at the earliest stage 
of a project by identifying technical solutions and developing execution plans tailored to our clients' needs and resources.  Our 
solutions may span the entire life cycle of consulting and engineering projects and include applied science, data analytics, research, 
engineering, design, construction management, and operations and maintenance. 

Engineering News-Record ("ENR"), the leading trade journal for our industry, has ranked us the number one water 
services firm for the past 15 years, most recently in its May 2018 "Top 500 Design Firms" issue. In 2018, Tetra Tech was also 
ranked number one in water treatment/desalination, water treatment and supply, environmental management, environmental science, 
consulting/studies, solid waste, hydro plants, and wind power. ENR ranks Tetra Tech among the largest 10 firms in numerous other 
service lines, including engineering/design, chemical and soil remediation, site assessment and compliance, dams/reservoirs, power 
transmission and distribution, and hazardous waste. 

Our reputation for high-end consulting and engineering services and our ability to apply our skills to develop solutions for 
water and environmental management has supported our growth for over 50 years since the founding of our predecessor company. 
By combining ingenuity and practical experience, we have helped to advance sustainable solutions for managing water, protecting 
the environment, providing energy, and engineering the infrastructure for our cities and communities. Today, we are working on 
projects worldwide, and currently have more than 17,000 staff, and over 400 offices. 

Mission 

Our  mission  is  to  be  the  premier  worldwide  consulting  and  engineering  firm,  focusing  on  water,  environment, 
infrastructure, resource  management,  energy, and international development  services. The  following core principles  form  the 
underpinning of how we work together to serve our clients: 

•   Service.  We put our clients first. We listen closely to better understand our clients' needs and deliver smart, cost-effective 

solutions that meet their needs. 

•   Value.  We solve our clients' problems as if they were our own. We develop and implement sustainable solutions that are 

innovative, efficient and practical. 

•   Excellence.  We bring superior technical capability, disciplined project management, and excellence in safety and quality to 

all of our services. 

•   Opportunity.  Our people are our number one asset. Opportunity means new technical challenges that provide advancement 

within our company, encourage a diverse workforce, and ensure a safe workplace. 

The Tetra Tech Strategy 

To continue our successful growth and our competitive position in the markets we serve, we have  implemented the 
following strategy that is integral to our future success. Our approach is to Lead with Science® and provide high-end solutions that 
are differentiated, enhance resiliency, and provide long-lasting sustainable benefit to our clients. Our approach encompasses five key 
aspects of differentiation: 

3 

 
 
Technical Differentiation.    Since our inception, we have provided innovative consulting and engineering services, with a 
focus on providing solutions that integrate innovation with practical experience. Adaptation of emerging science and technology in 
the development of high-end consulting and engineering solutions is central to our approach to  Leading with Science® in the 
delivery of our services. 

Relationships and Trust.    We have a broad client and contract base built by proactively understanding our clients' 
priorities and demonstrating a long track record of successful performance that results in repeat business and limits competition. We 
believe that proximity to our clients is also instrumental to integrating global experience and resources with an understanding of our 
local clients' needs. Over the past year, we worked in over 100 countries, helping government and private sector clients address 
complex water, environment, energy and related infrastructure needs. 

Institutional Knowledge.    Over our history, we have supported both public and private clients, many for multiple decades 
of  continuous  contracts  and  repeat  business.  Long-term  relationships  provide  us  with  institutional  knowledge  of  our  clients' 
programs,  past  projects  and  internal  resources.  Institutional  knowledge  is  often  a  significant  factor  in  providing  competitive 
proposals and cost-effective solutions tailored to our clients' needs. 

One-of-a-Kind Solutions.    We are often at the leading edge of new challenges where we are providing one-of-a-kind 
solutions. These might be a new water reuse technology, a unique solution to addressing new regulatory requirements, a new 
monitoring approach for assessing infrastructure assets or a computer model for real time management of water resources. We are 
constantly evolving and adding to our intellectual property, including a wide range of computer models, algorithms, analytical 
software, and environmental treatment approaches and instrumentation, often in collaboration with our forward-thinking clients. 
Bringing our one-of-a-kind solutions to real world problems is a differentiator in expanding our services and growing our business. 

Smart Solutions and Innovation.    Smart solutions often require taking the same pieces of the puzzle and putting them 
together in a different way for a better outcome. Complex projects for the public and private sectors, at the leading edge of policy 
and technology development, often require innovative solutions that combine multiple aspects of our interdisciplinary capabilities, 
technical resources and institutional knowledge. 

Our  strategy  leverages  our  five  differentiators  to  drive  growth  in  our  water,  environment,  infrastructure,  resource 
management, energy, and international development markets. We are focused on continuing to expand our leadership position in 
these markets, while also investing in emerging growth areas. Our differentiated capabilities provide us a competitive advantage to 
address new opportunities in the marketplace and apply new technologies to the fastest growing areas of our business. 

To support our growth plans, we actively attract, recruit and retain key hires. Our combination of high-end science and 
consulting with practical applications provides challenging and rewarding opportunities for our employees, thereby enhancing our 
ability to recruit and retain top quality talent. Our internal networking programs, leadership training, entrepreneurial environment, 
focus on technical excellence, and global project portfolio help to attract and retain highly qualified individuals. 

We also maintain a strong emphasis on project management at all levels of the organization. Our client-focused project 
management is supported by strong fiscal management and financial tools. We take a disciplined approach to monitoring, managing 
and improving our return on investment in each of our business areas through our efforts to negotiate appropriate contract terms, 
manage our contract performance to minimize schedule delays and cost overruns, and promptly bill and collect accounts receivable. 

Our  strategic  growth  plans  are  augmented  by  our  selective  investment  in  acquisitions  aligned  with  our  business. 
Acquisitions enhance plans to broaden our service  offerings, add contract capacity and extend our geographic presence. Our 
experience with acquisitions strengthens our ability to integrate and rapidly leverage the resources of the acquired companies post-
acquisition. 

Reportable Segments 

In fiscal 2018, we managed our core operations under two reportable segments. Our Government Services Group ("GSG") 
reportable  segment  primarily  includes  activities  with  U.S.  government  clients  (federal,  state  and  local)  and  activities  with 
development agencies worldwide. Our Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") reportable segment primarily includes 
activities with U.S. commercial clients and international clients other than development agencies. This alignment allows us to 
capitalize on our growing market opportunities and enhance the development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to meet 
our growing client demand. We continue to report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the 
Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") reportable segment. The following table presents the percentage of our 
revenue by reportable segment: 

4 

 
Reportable Segment 
GSG 

CIG 

RCM 

Inter-segment elimination 

2018 
57.2% 

44.6 

0.5 

(2.3) 

Fiscal Year 

2017 
54.0% 

48.2 

0.7 

(2.9) 

2016 
49.9% 

50.2 

2.0 

(2.1) 

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

For additional information regarding our reportable segments, see Note 18, "Reportable Segments" of the "Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in  Item 8.  For  more  information  on  risks  related  to our  business,  segments  and 
geographic regions, including risks related to foreign operations, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this report. 

Government Services Group 

GSG provides consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) and 
development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with  services  in  water, 
environment, infrastructure, information technology, and emergency management services. GSG also provides engineering design 
services  for  U.S.  municipal  and  commercial  clients,  especially  in  water  infrastructure,  solid  waste,  and  high-end  sustainable 
infrastructure designs. GSG also leads our support for development agencies worldwide, especially in the U.S., United Kingdom, 
and Australia. 

GSG provides consulting and engineering services for a broad range of water, environment, and infrastructure-related needs 
primarily for U.S. government clients. GSG primarily supports public clients including federal, state and local governments. The 
primary  GSG  markets  include  water  resources  analysis  and  water  management,  environmental  monitoring,  data  analytics, 
government consulting, waste management, and a broad range of civil infrastructure master planning and engineering design for 
facilities, transportation, and local development projects. GSG's services span from early data collection and monitoring, to data 
analysis  and  information  management,  to  science  and  engineering  applied  research,  to  engineering  design,  to  construction 
management, and operations and maintenance. 

GSG provides our clients with sustainable solutions that optimize their water management and environmental programs to 
address regulatory requirements, improve operational efficiencies, and manage assets. Our services advance sustainability and 
resiliency through the "greening" of infrastructure, design of energy efficiency and resource conservation programs, innovation in 
the capture and sequestration of carbon, formulation of emergency preparedness and response plans, and improvement in water and 
land resource management practices. We provide climate change and energy management consulting, and greenhouse gas inventory 
assessment, certification, reduction, and management services. 

Many government organizations face complex problems due to increased demand and competition for water and natural 
resources, newly understood threats to human health and the environment, aging infrastructure, and demand for new and more 
resilient infrastructure. Our integrated water management services support government agencies responsible for managing water 
supplies, wastewater treatment, storm water management, and flood protection. We help our clients develop more resilient water 
supplies and more sustainable management of water resources, while addressing a wide range of local and national government 
requirements and policies. Fluctuations in weather patterns and extreme events, such as prolonged droughts and more frequent 
flooding, are increasing concerns over the reliability of water supplies, the need to protect coastal areas, and flood mitigation and 
adaptation in metropolitan areas. We provide smart water infrastructure solutions that integrate water modeling, instrumentation and 
controls, and real-time controls to create flexible water systems that respond to changing conditions, optimize use of infrastructure, 
and provide clients with the ability to more efficiently monitor and manage their water infrastructure. 

We also support government agencies in the full range of post-disaster emergency response and community resilience 
services including monitoring and environmental response, damage assessment and program management services, and resilient 
engineering design and mitigation planning. We have a full suite of innovative software tools and procedures that support our 
emergency management support services. These tools and procedures address emergency management and community resilience 
data management needs, including information technology systems, portals, dashboards, data management, data analytics, and 
statistical analysis. 

GSG provides planning, architectural, and sustainable engineering services for U.S. federal, state and local government 
facilities and commercial high-rise multi-use buildings. We support the government agencies with related infrastructure needs 
including  military  housing,  and  educational,  institutional,  and  research  facilities.  Our  high-end  sustainable  buildings  practice 
provides civil, electrical, mechanical, structural, plumbing and fire protection engineering and design services for buildings and 
surrounding developments; and provides engineering services for a wide range of clients with specialized needs, such as security 
systems, training and audiovisual facilities, clean rooms, laboratories, medical facilities and emergency preparedness facilities. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GSG provides a wide range of consulting and engineering services for solid waste management, including landfill design 
and management, throughout the United States; providing design, construction management, and maintenance services to manage 
solid and hazardous waste, for environmental, wastewater, energy, oil and gas, containment, mining, utilities, aquaculture, and other 
industrial clients; designing and installing geosynthetic liners for large lining and capping projects, as well as innovative renewable 
energy projects such as solar energy-generating landfill caps; and providing full-service solutions for gas-to-energy facilities to 
efficiently use landfill methane gas. 

We provide technical support for the Federal Aviation Administration ("FAA") to optimize the U.S. airspace system and 
support related aviation systems integration for the U.S. and other countries' metropolitan airports. We provide specialized modeling 
and  data  analytics  for  airspace  acoustic  analysis.  Our  aviation  airspace  services  include  data  management,  data  processing, 
communications and outreach, and systems development; and providing systems analysis and information management. 

We also support governments in deploying international development programs for developing nations to help them 
overcome numerous challenges, including access to potable water, agricultural programs, governance and infrastructure programs, 
education, and human health. Our international development services include supporting donor agencies to develop safe and reliable 
water supplies and sanitation services, support the eradication of poverty, improve livelihoods, promote democracy and increase 
economic  growth;  planning,  designing,  implementing,  researching,  and  monitoring  projects  in  the  areas  of  climate  change, 
agriculture and rural development, governance and institutional development, natural resources and the environment, infrastructure, 
economic growth, energy, rule of law and justice systems, land tenure and property rights, and training and consulting for public-
private partnerships; and building capacity and strengthening institutions in areas such as global health, energy sector reform, utility 
management, education, food security, and local governance. 

Commercial/International Services Group 

 CIG provides consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. commercial clients and international clients, both 
commercial and government. CIG supports commercial clients across the Fortune 500, oil and gas, energy utilities, manufacturing, 
aerospace, and mining markets. CIG also provides infrastructure and related environmental and geotechnical services, testing, 
engineering and project management services to commercial and local government clients across Canada, in Asia-Pacific (primarily 
Australia and New Zealand), as well as Brazil and Chile. CIG also provides field construction management activities in the United 
States and Western Canada. 

CIG provides consulting and engineering services worldwide for a broad range of water, environment, and infrastructure-
related needs in both developed and emerging economies. The primary markets for GIG's services include natural resources, energy, 
and  utilities,  as  well  as  civil  infrastructure  master  planning  and  engineering  design  for  facilities,  transportation,  and  local 
development projects. CIG's services span from early data collection and monitoring to data analysis and information management, 
to  feasibility  studies  and  assessments,  to  science  and  engineering  applied  research,  to  engineering  design,  to  construction 
management, and operations and maintenance. 

CIG's environmental services include cleanup and beneficial reuse of sites contaminated with hazardous materials, toxic 
chemicals, and oil and petroleum products, which cover all phases of the remedial planning process, starting with emergency 
response and initial site assessment through removal actions, remedial design and implementation oversight; and supporting both 
commercial and government clients in planning and implementing remedial activities at numerous sites around the world, and 
providing a broad range of environmental analysis and planning services. 

CIG also supports commercial clients by providing design services to renovate, upgrade, and modernize industrial water 
supplies, and address industrial water treatment and water reuse needs; and provides plant engineering, project execution, and 
program management services for industrial water treatment projects throughout the world. 

CIG's international services, especially in Canada and Asia-Pacific, include high-end analytical, engineering, architecture, 
geotechnical,  and  construction  management  services  for  infrastructure  projects,  including  roadway  monitoring  and  asset 
management services, collection of condition data, optimization of upgrades and long-term planning for expansion; multi-model 
design  services  for  commuter  railway  stations,  airport  expansions,  bridges  and  major  highways,  and  ports  and  harbors;  and 
designing solutions to repair, replace, and upgrade older transportation infrastructure. 

CIG provides infrastructure design services in extreme and remote areas by using specialized techniques that are adapted to 
local  resources,  while  minimizing  environmental  impacts,  and  considering  potential  climate  change  impacts.  These  include 
providing consulting, geotechnical, and design services to owners of transportation, natural resources, energy and community 
infrastructure in areas of permafrost or extreme climate regions. 

CIG's energy services include support for electric power utilities and independent power producers worldwide, ranging 
from  macro-level  planning  and  management  advisory  services  to  project-specific  environmental,  engineering,  construction 
management,  and  operational  services,  and  advising  on  the  design  and  implementation  of  smart  grids  both  in  the  U.S.  and 

6 

 
 
internationally, including increasing utility automation, information and operational technologies, and critical infrastructure security. 
For  utilities  and  governmental  regulatory  agencies,  services  include  policy  and  regulatory  development,  utility  management, 
performance improvement, asset management and evaluation, and transaction support services. For developers and owners of 
renewable energy resources such as solar grid and off-grid, on-shore and off-shore wind, biogas and biomass, tidal, and hydropower, 
and conventional power generation facilities, as  well as transmission and distribution assets, services include environmental, 
engineering, procurement, operations and maintenance, and regulatory support for all project phases. 

CIG supports oil and gas clients, primarily in North America, in the upstream, midstream and downstream market sectors. 
Our services include environmental permitting support, siting studies, strategic planning and analyses; design of well pads and 
surface impoundments for drilling sites; water management for exploration activities; design of midstream pipelines and associated 
pumping stations and storage facilities; construction monitoring, design and construction management for downstream sustaining 
capital projects; biological and cultural assessments, and site investigations; and hazardous waste site remediation. 

CIG also provides environmental remediation and reconstruction services to evaluate and restore lands to beneficial use, 
including  the  identification,  evaluation  and  destruction  of  unexploded  ordinance,  both  domestically  and  internationally; 
investigating, remediating, and restoring contaminated facilities at military locations in the U.S. and around the world; managing 
large, complex sediment remediation programs that help restore rivers and coastal waters to beneficial use; constructing state-of-the-
art water treatment plants for commercial clients; and supporting utilities in the U.S. in implementing infrastructure needs, including 
broadband, wired utilities, and natural gas distribution systems. 

Remediation and Construction Management 

We report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM  reportable segment. The 

remaining backlog for RCM as of September 30, 2018 was immaterial as the related projects are substantially complete. 

Project Examples 

Project examples are provided on our company website located at www.tetratech.com, including expert interviews, in-depth 
articles, and project profiles that demonstrate our services across water, environment, infrastructure, resource management, and 
international development. 

Clients 

We provide services to a diverse base of international, U.S. state and local government, U.S. federal government, U.S. 

commercial and international clients. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by client sector: 

Client Sector 
U.S. state and local government 

U.S. federal government (1) 
U.S. commercial 

International (2) 

2018 
15.8% 

32.9 

26.6 

24.7 

Fiscal Year 

2017 
12.8% 

32.7 

27.8 

26.7 

2016 
12.0% 

30.4 

29.5 

28.1 

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

(1) 
(2) 

Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States. 
Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada and Australia, and revenue generated from non-U.S. 
clients. 

U.S. federal government agencies are significant clients. The U.S. Agency for International Development ("USAID") 
accounted for 14.0%, 14.3% and 13.1% of our revenue in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Department of Defense 
("DoD") accounted for 10.0%, 9.2% and 8.2% of our revenue in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We typically support 
multiple programs within a single U.S. federal government agency, both domestically and internationally. We also assist U.S. state 
and local government clients in a variety of jurisdictions across the United States. In Canada, we work for several provinces and a 
variety of local jurisdictions. Our commercial clients include companies in the chemical, energy, mining, pharmaceutical, retail, 
aerospace, automotive, petroleum, and communications industries. No single client, except for U.S. federal government clients, 
accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in fiscal 2018. 

Contracts 

Our services are performed under three principal types of contracts with our clients: fixed-price, time-and-materials, 

and cost-plus. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by contract type: 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
Contract Type 
Fixed-price 
Time-and-materials 

Cost-plus 

2018 
33.3% 

47.1 

19.6 

Fiscal Year 

2017 
33.0% 

45.9 

21.1 

2016 
30.0% 

50.9 

19.1 

100.0% 

100.0% 

100.0% 

Under a fixed-price contract, the client agrees to pay a specified price for our performance of the entire contract or a 
specified portion of the contract. Some fixed-price contracts can include date-certain and/or performance obligations. Fixed-price 
contracts carry certain inherent risks, including risks of losses from underestimating costs, delays in project completion, problems 
with new technologies, price increases for materials, and economic and other changes that may occur over the contract period. 
Consequently, the profitability of fixed-price contracts may vary substantially. Under our time-and-materials contracts, we are paid 
for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and also paid for other expenses. Profitability on these contracts is driven by billable 
headcount and cost control. Many of our time-and-materials contracts are subject to maximum contract values and, accordingly, 
revenue related to these contracts is recognized as if these contracts were fixed-price contracts. Under our cost-plus contracts, some 
of  which  are  subject  to  a  contract  ceiling  amount,  we  are  reimbursed  for  allowable  costs  and  fees,  which  may  be  fixed  or 
performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable, we may not be able to obtain full reimbursement. 
Further, the amount of the fee received for a cost-plus award fee contract partially depends upon the client's discretionary periodic 
assessment of our performance on that contract. 

Some contracts with the U.S. federal government are subject to annual funding approval. U.S. federal government agencies 
may impose spending restrictions that limit the continued funding of our existing contracts and may limit our ability to obtain 
additional contracts. These limitations, if significant, could have a material adverse effect on us. All contracts with the U.S. federal 
government may be terminated by the government at any time, with or without cause. 

U.S. federal government agencies have formal policies against continuing or awarding contracts that would create actual or 
potential conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies may prevent us from bidding for or performing 
government contracts resulting from or related to certain work we have performed. In addition, services performed for a commercial 
or  government  sector  client  may  create  conflicts  of  interest  that  preclude  or  limit  our  ability  to  obtain  work  for  a  private 
organization. We attempt to identify actual or potential conflicts of interest and to minimize the possibility that such conflicts could 
affect our work under current contracts or our ability to compete for future contracts. We have, on occasion, declined to bid on a 
project because of an existing or potential conflict of interest. 

Some of our operating units have contracts with the U.S. federal government that are subject to audit by the government, 
primarily by the Defense Contract Audit Agency ("DCAA"). The DCAA generally seeks to (i) identify and evaluate all activities that 
contribute to, or have an impact  on, proposed or incurred costs of  government contracts; (ii) evaluate a contractor's policies, 
procedures, controls, and performance; and (iii) prevent or avoid  wasteful,  careless, and  inefficient production or service. To 
accomplish this, the DCAA examines our internal control systems, management policies, and financial capability; evaluates the 
accuracy, reliability, and reasonableness of our cost representations and records; and assesses our compliance with Cost Accounting 
Standards  ("CAS")  and  defective-pricing  clauses  found  within  the  Federal Acquisition  Regulation  ("FAR"). The  DCAA  also 
performs an annual review of our overhead rates and assists in the establishment of our final rates. This review focuses on the 
allowability of cost items and the applicability of CAS. The DCAA also audits cost-based contracts, including the close-out of those 
contracts. 

The DCAA reviews all types of U.S. federal government proposals, including those of award, administration, modification, 
and  re-pricing.  The  DCAA  considers  our  cost  accounting  system,  estimating  methods  and  procedures,  and  specific  proposal 
requirements. Operational audits are also performed by the DCAA. A review of our operations at every major organizational level is 
conducted during the proposal review period. During the course of its audit, the U.S. federal government may disallow costs if it 
determines that we accounted for such costs in a manner inconsistent with CAS. Under a government contract, only those costs that 
are reasonable, allocable, and allowable are recoverable. A disallowance of costs by the U.S. federal government could have a 
material adverse effect on our financial results. 

In accordance with our corporate policies, we maintain controls to minimize any occurrence of fraud or other unlawful 
activities that could result in severe legal remedies, including the payment of damages and/or penalties, criminal and civil sanctions, 
and debarment. In addition, we maintain preventative audit programs and mitigation measures to ensure that appropriate control 
systems are in place. 

We provide our services under contracts, purchase orders, or retainer letters. Our policy requires that all contracts must be 
in writing. We bill our clients in accordance with the contract terms and periodically based on costs incurred, on either an hourly-fee 
basis or on a percentage-of-completion basis, as the project progresses. Most of our agreements permit our clients to terminate the 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
agreements without cause upon payment of fees and expenses through the date of the termination. Generally, our contracts do not 
require that we provide performance bonds. If required, a performance bond, issued by a surety company, guarantees a contractor's 
performance under the contract. If the contractor defaults under the contract, the surety will, at its discretion, complete the job or pay 
the client the amount of the bond. If the contractor does not have a performance bond and defaults in the performance of a contract, 
the contractor is responsible for all damages resulting from the breach of contract. These damages include the cost of completion, 
together with possible consequential damages such as lost profits. 

Marketing and Business Development 

Our management team establishes our overall business strategy focused on Leading with Science® and providing solutions 
for our clients. Our strategic  plan defines and guides our investment in  marketing and business development to leverage our 
differentiators and target priority programs and growth markets. We maintain centralized business development resources to develop 
our corporate branding and marketing materials, support proposal preparation and planning, conduct market research, and manage 
promotional and professional activities, including appearances at trade shows, direct mailings, advertising, and public relations. 

We have established company-wide growth initiatives that reinforce internal coordination, track the development of new 
programs,  identify  and  coordinate  collective  resources  for  major  bids,  and  help  us  build  interdisciplinary  teams  and  provide 
innovative solutions for major pursuits. Our growth initiatives provide a forum for cross-sector collaboration and the development of 
interdisciplinary solutions. We continuously identify new markets that are consistent with our strategic plan and service offerings, 
and we leverage our full-service capabilities and internal coordination structure to develop and implement strategies to research, 
anticipate, and position us for future procurements and emerging programs. 

Business development activities are implemented by our technical and professional management staff throughout the 
company  with  the  support of  company-wide resources and  expertise. Our project  managers and technical  staff  have the best 
understanding of a client's needs and the effect of local or client-specific issues, laws and regulations, and procurement procedures. 
Our  professional  staff  members  hold  frequent  meetings  with  existing  and  potential  clients;  give  presentations  to  civic  and 
professional organizations; and present seminars on research and technical applications. Essential to the effective development of 
business is each staff member's access to all of our service offerings through our internal technical and geographic networks. Our 
strong internal networking programs help our professional staff members to pursue new opportunities for both existing and new 
clients. These networks also facilitate our ability to provide services throughout the project life cycle from the early studies to 
operations and maintenance. Our enterprise-wide knowledge management systems include skills search tools, business development 
tracking, and collaboration tools. 

Sustainability Program 

Tetra Tech supports clients in more than 100 countries around the world, helping them to solve complex problems and 
achieve solutions that are technically, socially, and economically resilient. Our high-end consulting and engineering services focus 
on using innovative technologies and creative solutions to minimize environmental impacts. Our greatest contribution toward 
sustainability is through the projects we perform every day for our clients. Sustainability is embedded in our projects – from 
recycling freshwater supplies to recycling waste products, reducing energy consumption, and reducing greenhouse gas emissions in 
developing countries. 

Our Sustainability Program allows us to further expand our commitment to sustainability by encouraging, coordinating, and 
reporting on actions to minimize our collective impacts on the environment. Our Sustainability Program has three primary pillars: 
Projects – the solutions we provide for our clients; Procurement – our procurement and subcontracting approaches; and Processes – 
the  internal  policies  and  processes  that  promote  sustainable  practices,  reduce  costs,  and  minimize  environmental  impacts.  In 
addition, our program is based on the Global Reporting Initiative ("GRI") Sustainability Report Framework, the internationally 
predominant  sustainability  reporting  protocol  for  corporate  sustainability  plans,  which  includes  three  fundamental  areas: 
environmental, economic, and social sustainability. 

Our Sustainability Program is led by our Chief Sustainability Officer, who has been appointed by executive management 
and is supported by other key corporate and operations representatives via our Sustainability Council. We have established a clear 
set of metrics to evaluate our progress toward our sustainability goals. Each metric corresponds with one or more performance 
indicators from GRI. These metrics include economic, health and safety, information technology, human resources, and real estate. 
We continuously implement sustainability-related policies and practices, and we assess the results of our efforts in order to improve 
upon them in the future. Our executive management team reviews and approves the Sustainability Program and evaluates our 
progress in achieving the goals and objectives outlined in our plan. We publish an annual sustainability report on Earth Day each 
year that documents our progress and is posted on our website located at www.tetratech.com. 

Acquisitions and Divestitures 

Acquisitions.    We continuously evaluate the marketplace for acquisition opportunities to further our strategic growth 
plans. Due to our reputation, size, financial resources, geographic presence and range of services, we have numerous opportunities 

9 

 
to acquire privately and publicly held companies or selected portions of such companies. We evaluate an acquisition opportunity 
based on its ability to strengthen our leadership in the markets we serve, broaden our service offerings, add new geographies, and 
provide complementary skills. Also, during our evaluation, we examine an acquisition's ability to drive organic growth, its accretive 
effect on long-term earnings, and its ability to generate return on investment. Generally, we proceed with an acquisition if we 
believe that it will strategically expand our service offerings, improve our long-term financial performance, and increase shareholder 
returns. 

We view acquisitions as a key component in the execution of our growth strategy, and we intend to use cash, debt or equity, 
as we deem appropriate, to fund acquisitions. We may acquire other businesses that we believe are synergistic and will ultimately 
increase our revenue and net income, strengthen our ability to achieve our strategic goals, provide critical mass with existing clients, 
and further expand our lines of service. We typically pay a purchase price that results in the recognition of goodwill, generally 
representing  the  intangible  value  of  a  successful  business  with  an  assembled  workforce  specialized  in  our  areas  of  interest. 
Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our previous or future acquisitions will be successful or will 
not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. All acquisitions require the approval 
of our Board of Directors. 

Divestitures.    We regularly review and evaluate our existing operations to determine whether our business model should 
change through the divestiture of certain businesses. Accordingly, from time to time, we may divest or wind-down certain non-core 
businesses and reallocate our resources to businesses that better align with our long-term strategic direction. 

For detailed information regarding acquisitions and divestitures, see Note 5, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" of the "Notes 

to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Competition 

The market for our services is generally competitive. We often compete with many other firms ranging from small regional 

firms to large international firms. 

We  perform  a  broad  spectrum  of  consulting,  engineering,  and  technical  services  across  the  water,  environment, 
infrastructure,  resource  management,  energy,  and  international  development  markets.  Our  client  base  includes  U.S.  federal 
government agencies such as the DoD, USAID, the U.S. Department of Energy ("DOE"), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 
("EPA"), and the FAA; U.S. state and local government agencies; government and commercial clients in Canada and Australia; the 
U.S. commercial sector, which consists primarily of large industrial companies and utilities; and our international commercial 
clients. Our competition varies and is a function of the business areas in which, and the client sectors for which, we perform our 
services. The number of competitors for any procurement can vary widely, depending upon technical qualifications, the relative 
value of the project, geographic location, the financial terms and risks associated with the work, and any restrictions placed upon 
competition  by  the  client.  Historically,  clients  have  chosen  among  competing  firms  by  weighing  the  quality,  innovation  and 
timeliness of the firm's service versus its cost to determine which firm offers the best value. When less work becomes available in 
certain markets, price could become an increasingly important factor. 

Our competitors vary depending on end markets and clients, and often we may only compete with a portion of a firm. We 
believe that our principal competitors include the following firms, in alphabetical order: AECOM; Arcadis NV; Black & Veatch 
Corporation; Booz Allen Hamilton; Brown & Caldwell; CDM Smith Inc.; Chemonics International, Inc.; Exponent, Inc.; GHD; ICF 
International, Inc.;  Jacobs  Engineering  Group Inc.;  Leidos, Inc.;  SAIC;  SNC-Lavalin  Group Inc.;  Stantec Inc.;  TRC 
Companies, Inc.; Weston Solutions, Inc.; and WSP Global Inc. 

Backlog 

We include in our backlog only those contracts for which funding has been provided and work authorization has been 
received. We estimate that approximately 70% of our backlog at the end of fiscal 2018 will be recognized as revenue in fiscal 2019, 
as work is being performed. However, we cannot guarantee that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, 
will result in profits. In addition, project cancellations or scope adjustments may occur with respect to contracts reflected in our 
backlog. For example, certain of our contracts with the U.S. federal government and other clients are terminable at the discretion of 
the client, with or without cause. These types of backlog reductions could adversely affect our revenue and margins. Accordingly, 
our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

At  fiscal  2018  year-end,  our  backlog  was  $2.7  billion,  an  increase  of  $122.7  million,  or  4.8%,  compared  to  fiscal 
2017 year-end. Approximately $1.8 billion and $896.0 million of our backlog at the end of fiscal 2018 related to GSG and CIG, 
respectively. 

Regulations 

We  engage  in  various  service  activities  that  are  subject  to  government  oversight,  including  environmental  laws  and 
regulations, general government procurement laws and regulations, and other regulations and requirements imposed by the specific 
government agencies with which we conduct business. 

10 

 
 
Environmental.   A significant portion of our business involves the planning, design, program management and construction 
management of pollution control facilities, as well as the assessment and management of remediation activities at hazardous waste 
sites, U.S. Superfund sites, and military bases. In addition, we contract with U.S. federal government entities to destroy hazardous 
materials. These activities require us to manage, handle, remove, treat, transport, and dispose of toxic or hazardous substances. 

Some environmental laws, such as the U.S. Superfund law and similar state, provincial and local statutes, can impose 
liability for the entire cost of clean-up for contaminated facilities or sites upon present and former owners and operators, as well as 
generators, transporters, and persons arranging for the treatment or disposal of such substances. In addition, while we strive to 
handle hazardous and toxic substances with care and in accordance with safe methods, the possibility of accidents, leaks, spills, and 
events of force majeure always exist. Humans exposed to these materials, including workers or subcontractors engaged in the 
transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and persons in affected areas, may be injured or become ill. This could result in 
lawsuits that expose us to liability and substantial damage awards. Liabilities for contamination or human exposure to hazardous or 
toxic materials, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs, including clean-up costs, fines, 
civil or criminal sanctions, third party claims for property damage or personal injury, or the cessation of remediation activities. 

Certain of our business operations are covered by U.S. Public Law 85-804, which provides for government indemnification 
against claims and damages arising out of unusually hazardous activities performed at the request of the government. Due to 
changes in public policies and law, however, government indemnification may not be available in the case of any future claims or 
liabilities relating to other hazardous activities that we perform. 

Government Procurement.    The services we provide to the U.S. federal government are subject to the FAR and other rules 

and regulations applicable to government contracts. These rules and regulations: 

•  

•  

•  

require certification and disclosure of all cost and pricing data in connection with the contract negotiations under 
certain contract types; 

impose accounting rules that define allowable and unallowable costs and otherwise govern our right to reimbursement 
under certain cost-based government contracts; and 

restrict the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of certain 
products and technical data. 

In addition, services provided to the DoD are monitored by the Defense Contract Management Agency and audited by the 
DCAA. Our government clients can also terminate any of their contracts, and many of our government contracts are subject to 
renewal  or  extension  annually.  Further,  the  services  we  provide  to  state  and  local  government  clients  are  subject  to  various 
government rules and regulations. 

Seasonality 

We experience seasonal trends in our business. Our revenue and operating income are typically lower in the first half of our 
fiscal year, primarily due to the Thanksgiving (in the U.S.), Christmas and New Year's holidays. Many of our clients' employees, as 
well  as  our  own  employees,  take  vacations  during  these  holiday  periods.  Further,  seasonal  inclement  weather  conditions 
occasionally cause some of our offices to close temporarily or may hamper our project field work in the northern hemisphere's 
temperate and arctic regions. These occurrences result in fewer billable hours worked on projects and, correspondingly, less revenue 
recognized. 

Potential Liability and Insurance 

Our business activities could expose us to potential liability under various laws and under workplace health and safety 
regulations. In addition, we occasionally assume liability by contract under indemnification agreements. We cannot predict the 
magnitude of such potential liabilities. 

We maintain a comprehensive general liability insurance policy with an umbrella policy that covers losses beyond the 
general liability limits. We also maintain professional errors and omissions liability and contractor's pollution liability insurance 
policies. We believe that both policies provide adequate coverage for our business. When we perform higher-risk work, we obtain, if 
available, the necessary types of insurance coverage for such activities, as is typically required by our clients. 

We obtain insurance coverage through a broker that is experienced in our industry. The broker and our risk manager 
regularly review the adequacy of our insurance coverage. Because there are various exclusions and retentions under our policies, or 
an insurance carrier may become insolvent, there can be no assurance that all potential liabilities will be covered by our insurance 
policies or paid by our carrier. 

We evaluate the risk associated with insurance claims. If we determine that a loss is probable and reasonably estimable, we 
establish an appropriate reserve. A reserve  is  not established if  we determine  that a claim  has  no  merit or is not probable or 
reasonably estimable. Our historic levels of insurance coverage and reserves have been adequate. However, partially or completely 
uninsured claims, if successful and of significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

11 

 
Employees 

At fiscal 2018 year-end, we had more than 17,000 staff worldwide. A large percentage of our employees have technical and 
professional backgrounds and undergraduate and/or advanced degrees, including the employees of recently acquired companies. Our 
professional  staff includes archaeologists, architects, biologists, chemical engineers, chemists, civil engineers, data  scientists, 
computer scientists, economists, electrical engineers, environmental engineers, environmental scientists, geologists, hydrogeologists, 
mechanical  engineers,  oceanographers,  project  managers  and  toxicologists.  We  consider  the  current  relationships  with  our 
employees to be favorable. We are not aware of any employment circumstances that are likely to disrupt work at any of our 
facilities. See Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" for a discussion of the risks related to the loss of key personnel or our inability to 
attract and retain qualified personnel. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The following table shows the name, age and position of each of our executive officers at November 15, 2018: 

Name 
Dan L. Batrack 

  Age   

Position 

60     Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President 

  Mr. Batrack joined our predecessor in 1980 and was named Chairman in January 
2008. He has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since November 
2005,  and  as  our  President  since  October  2008.  Mr. Batrack  has  served  in 
numerous  capacities  over  the  last  30 years,  including  project  scientist,  project 
manager, operations manager, Senior Vice President and President of an operating 
unit. He has managed complex programs for many small and Fortune 500 clients, 
both in the United States and internationally. Mr. Batrack holds a B.A. degree in 
Business Administration from the University of Washington. 

Steven M. Burdick 

54     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 

  Mr. Burdick has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
since April 2011. He served as our Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller 
from January 2004 to March 2011. Mr. Burdick joined us in April 2003 as Vice 
President, Management Audit. Previously, Mr. Burdick served in senior financial 
and  executive  positions  with Aura  Systems,  Inc., TRW  Ventures,  and  Ernst  & 
Young LLP.    Mr. Burdick holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration from 
Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

Leslie L. Shoemaker 

61     Executive Vice President, Operations and President of CIG 

  Dr. Shoemaker was named Executive Vice President, Operations and President of 
CIG in November 2017. Dr. Shoemaker joined us in 1991, and served as President 
of WEI from April 2015 to November 2017.  Previously she served in various 
management capacities, including project and program manager, water resources 
manager  and  infrastructure  group  president.  From  2005  to  2015,  she  led  our 
strategic  planning,  business  development  and  company-wide  collaboration 
programs. Her technical expertise is in the management of large-scale watershed 
and master planning studies, development of modeling tools and application of 
optimization  tools  for  decision  making.  Additionally,  she  is  our  Chief 
Sustainability  Officer  who  leads  our  Sustainability  Council  to  implement 
sustainability-related policies and practices company-wide. Dr. Shoemaker holds a 
B.A. degree in Mathematics from Hamilton College, a Master of Engineering from 
Cornell University and a Ph.D. in Agricultural Engineering from the University of 
Maryland. 

Roger R. Argus 

57     Senior Vice President and President of GSG and President of the U.S. Government 

Division of GSG 

12 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
Name 

  Age   

Position 
  Mr. Argus is a chemical engineer with 33 years of experience, including 25 years 
with Tetra Tech, in operational leadership, program and project management, and 
quality assurance for projects encompassing a broad spectrum of environmental, 
engineering,  and  emergency  management  services.  Mr.  Argus  has  also  been 
responsible for managing multidisciplinary contracts and projects in support of the 
U.S.  federal  government  (i.e.,  Navy,  the  U.S.  Army  Corps  of  Engineers 
("USACE"),  and  the  EPA),  state  and  municipal  agencies,  and  private  clients 
nationwide. The scope of his technical experience includes planning and directing 
environmental  field  investigations,  engineering  feasibility  studies  and  designs, 
construction management, and research and development support for innovative 
environmental technologies and waste treatment systems. Mr. Argus holds a B.S. in 
Chemical Engineering from California State University, Long Beach. 

Derek G. Amidon 

51     Senior Vice President, President of the Commercial Account Management 

Division of CIG 

  Mr. Amidon has served as a project manager, key account manager, operations 
manager, and regional manager since joining Tetra Tech in 2012. He has managed 
a variety of complex, high profile programs for key Tetra Tech clients, including 
Fortune  100  companies.  His  focus  has  been  on  leading  high  value  consulting 
services that deliver scientific, engineering and regulatory solutions for challenging 
environmental, engineering, permitting and public relations problems for oil and 
gas,  mining,  industrial,  institutional  and  custodial  trust  clients.  He  has  a 
demonstrated track record in leading complex environmental investigations and 
developing creative remedial solutions for client environmental liabilities. He has 
managed projects in the U.S., Africa, Australia, Europe, and the Caribbean. In 
addition to experience in both public and private consulting and engineering firms 
over his 24-year career, Mr. Amidon also served in a variety of business leadership 
and project development roles at Hess Corporation, a leading independent oil and 
gas company. Mr. Amidon is a registered Professional Engineer. He holds B.S. and 
M.S. degrees in Civil Engineering from Brigham Young University and a M.S. in 
Management from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 

Jan K. Auman 

63     Senior Vice President, President of the Global Development Services Division of 

GSG 

  Mr. Auman has over 40 years of experience managing large, complex international 
development and technical assistance operations, having served 10 years with the 
United States federal government and 30 years in the private sector. With 20 years 
of  residence  overseas  in  eight  countries,  Mr.  Auman  has  hands-on  technical 
expertise  in  the  areas  of  natural  resources  management,  conflict  resolution, 
political transformation, institutional development, and policy formulation in the 
Middle East, the South Pacific, the Caribbean, and Africa. Mr. Auman’s overall 
direction for Tetra Tech's international development operations includes technical, 
operational, administrative, fiscal, and representational responsibilities involving 
operations that manage projects in over 60 countries. Mr. Auman joined Tetra Tech 
through  an  acquisition  in  2007.  He  holds  a  B.A.  in  Political  Science  and 
Government from Pennsylvania State University and an M.I.A in International 
Administration from the School for International Training. 

William R. Brownlie 

65     Senior Vice President, Chief Engineer and Corporate Risk Management Officer 

  Dr. Brownlie was named Senior Vice President and Chief Engineer in September 
2009,  and  Corporate  Risk  Management  Officer  in  November  2013.  From 
December 2005 to September 2009, he served as a Group President. Dr. Brownlie 
joined  our  predecessor  in  1981  and  was  named  a  Senior  Vice  President  in 
December 1993. Dr. Brownlie has managed various operating units and programs 
focusing  on  water  resources  and  environmental  services,  including  work  with 
USACE, the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation and DOE. He is a 
registered professional engineer and has a strong technical background in water 
resources. Dr. Brownlie holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Civil Engineering from the 
State University of New York at Buffalo and a Ph.D. in Civil Engineering from the 
California Institute of Technology. 

13 

 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
Name 
Brian N. Carter 

  Age   

Position 

51     Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer 

  Mr. Carter joined Tetra Tech as Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief 
Accounting  Officer  in  June  2011  and  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President  in 
October 2012. Previously, Mr. Carter served in finance and auditing positions in 
private industry and with Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Carter holds a B.S. in Business 
Administration from Miami University and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

Craig L. Christensen 

65     Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer 

  Mr. Christensen  is  responsible  for  our  information  services  and  technologies, 
including  the  implementation  of  our  enterprise  resource  planning  system.  Mr. 
Christensen joined us in 1998 through the acquisition of our Tetra Tech NUS, Inc. 
("NUS") subsidiary. Previously, Mr. Christensen held positions at NUS, Brown and 
Root  Services,  and  Landmark  Graphics  subsidiaries  of  Halliburton  Company 
where his responsibilities included contracts administration, finance, and system 
development. Prior to his service at Halliburton, Mr. Christensen held positions at 
Burroughs  Corporation  and Apple  Computer.  Mr. Christensen  holds  B.A.  and 
M.B.A. degrees from Brigham Young University. 

Preston Hopson 

42     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

  Mr.  Hopson  joined  Tetra  Tech  in  January  2018  as  Senior  Vice  President  and 
General Counsel and Secretary to the Board of Directors. For the prior 10 years, 
Mr. Hopson served as Vice President, Assistant General Counsel and Assistant 
Corporate Secretary at the engineering and infrastructure firm AECOM. Prior to 
this,  he  was  a  Senior  Associate  at  the  law  firm  O’Melveny  &  Myers,  LLP. 
Previously, Mr. Hopson served as a Judicial Clerk on the U.S. Court of Appeals for 
the Ninth Circuit. Mr. Hopson holds B.A. and J.D. degrees from Yale University. 

Richard A. Lemmon 

59     Senior Vice President, Corporate Administration 

  Mr. Lemmon joined our predecessor in 1981 in a technical capacity and became a 
member of its corporate staff in a management position in 1985. In 1988, at the 
time of our predecessor's divestiture from Honeywell, Inc., Mr. Lemmon structured 
and  managed  many of our corporate  functions. He is currently responsible for 
insurance, risk management, human resources, safety and facilities. 

Brendan M. O'Rourke 

45     Senior Vice President, Enterprise Risk Management 

  Mr.  O'Rourke  joined  us  in  January  2018  as  Vice  President,  Enterprise  Risk 
Management  and  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  Enterprise  Risk 
Management in November 2018. For the prior 10 years, Mr. O'Rourke served as 
Assistant Vice President of Professional Liability Claims at AIG. Prior to this, he 
was a Senior Associate at the law firm of Seyfarth Shaw in Boston, Massachusetts. 
Mr.  O'Rourke  has  more  than  twenty  years  of  experience  in  risk  management, 
contract  negotiation,  claim  resolution  and  litigation  within  the  construction 
industry. Mr. O'Rourke holds a J.D. from Suffolk Law School and a B.A. from 
Worcester State University. 

Mark A. Rynning 

57     Senior Vice President, President of the U.S. Infrastructure Division of GSG 

14 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
Name 

  Age   

Position 
  Mr. Rynning has more than 30 years of experience in the engineering consulting 
industry,  including  27  years  with  Tetra  Tech.  He  is  a  registered  professional 
engineer  and  has  served  Tetra  Tech  in  numerous  capacities  including  project 
manager, operations manager, and operating unit leader. He has managed large 
water infrastructure programs for state and local agencies throughout the United 
States. Mr. Rynning has broad experience in planning and design of water and 
wastewater  infrastructure,  utility  master  planning,  and  design  of  water  and 
wastewater  transmission  and  collection  systems.  In  addition,  Mr.  Rynning  has 
planned  and  designed  reverse  osmosis  water  treatment  plants  and  advanced 
wastewater  treatment  systems.  He  has  provided  expert  advisory  services  to 
numerous municipal clients for utility system acquisitions. He holds a B.S. in Civil 
Engineering and a Master of Business Administration, both from the University of 
Florida. 

Bernard Teufele 

53     Senior Vice President, President of the Canada and South America Division of CIG 

  Mr. Teufele has over 22 years of consulting engineering experience as a leader of a 
highly diversified, high-end infrastructure practice and as a technical expert in the 
field of infrastructure monitoring and asset management. Prior to his current role, 
Mr. Teufele has managed operating units of increasing size and complexity with a 
primary focus on infrastructure, environmental sciences, civil transportation, and 
mining-related  services  doing  work  for  municipal,  provincial,  and  federal 
government  clients  in  Canada.  He  has  managed  key  provincial  infrastructure 
programs in Canada with a particular focus on the monitoring and assessment of 
roadway infrastructure and the development of asset management programs. Mr. 
Teufele,  who  joined  Tetra Tech  through  an  acquisition  in  2010,  has  also  been 
instrumental  in  advancing  Tetra  Tech’s  involvement  with  private  sector 
infrastructure clients on large alternate delivery projects (design-build and public-
private partnership P3 projects). Mr. Teufele has a B.Sc. in Applied Science from 
the University of British Columbia. 

Available Information 

All of our periodic report filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") pursuant to Section 13(a) or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), are made available, free of charge, through our 
website located at www.tetratech.com, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current 
Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports. These reports are available on our website as soon as reasonably 
practicable after we electronically file with or furnish the reports to the SEC. You may also request an electronic or paper copy of 
these filings at no cost by writing or telephoning us at the following: Tetra Tech, Inc., Attention: Investor Relations, 3475 East 
Foothill Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91107, (626) 351-4664. 

Interested readers may also read and copy any materials we file at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., 
Washington, D.C. 20549. Readers may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-
800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains our reports. 

Item 1A.    Risk Factors 

We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could 
materially adversely affect our operations. Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other documents we file with the SEC 
are descriptions of the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated 
by the forward-looking statements contained in this report. Additional risks we do not yet know of or that we currently think are 
immaterial may also affect our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described in the following risks actually 
occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

Continuing worldwide political and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our revenue and profitability. 

The last several years have been periodically marked by political and economic concerns, including decreased consumer 
confidence, the lingering effects of international conflicts, energy costs and inflation. Although certain indices and economic data 
have shown signs of stabilization in the United States and certain global markets, there can be no assurance that these improvements 
will be broad-based or sustainable. This instability can make it extremely difficult for our clients, our vendors and us to accurately 
forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause constrained spending on our services, delays and a lengthening of our 
business development efforts, the demand for more favorable pricing or other terms, and/or difficulty in collection of our accounts 

15 

 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
receivable. Our government clients may face budget deficits that prohibit them from funding proposed and existing projects. Further, 
ongoing economic instability in the global markets could limit our ability to access the capital markets at a time when we would 
like,  or  need,  to  raise  capital,  which  could  have  an  impact  on  our  ability  to  react  to  changing  business  conditions  or  new 
opportunities. If economic conditions remain uncertain or weaken, or government spending is reduced, our revenue and profitability 
could be adversely affected. 

Changes in applicable tax regulations could negatively affect our financial results. 

We are subject to taxation in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. 
government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA"). The changes to 
U.S. tax law implemented by the TCJA are broad and complex. The final impacts of the TCJA may differ from the estimates 
provided elsewhere in this report, possibly materially, due to, among other things, changes in interpretations of the TCJA, any 
legislative action to address questions that arise because of the TCJA, any changes in accounting standards for income taxes or 
related interpretations in response to the TCJA, or any updates or changes in estimates we have utilized to calculate the impacts, 
including impacts from changes to current year earnings estimates and foreign exchange rates. 

Demand for our services is cyclical and vulnerable to economic downturns. If economic growth slows, government fiscal 
conditions worsen, or client spending declines further, then our revenue, profits and financial condition may deteriorate. 

Demand for our services is cyclical, and vulnerable to economic downturns and reductions in government and private 
industry spending. Such downturns or reductions may result in clients delaying, curtailing or canceling proposed and existing 
projects. Our business traditionally lags the overall recovery in the economy; therefore, our business may not recover immediately 
when the economy improves. If economic growth slows, government fiscal conditions worsen, or client spending declines, then our 
revenue, profits and overall financial condition may deteriorate. Our government clients may face budget deficits that prohibit them 
from funding new or existing projects. In addition, our existing and potential clients may either postpone entering into new contracts 
or request price concessions. Difficult financing and economic conditions may cause some of our clients to demand better pricing 
terms or delay payments for services we perform, thereby increasing the average number of days our receivables are outstanding, 
and the potential of increased credit losses of uncollectible invoices. Further, these conditions may result in the inability of some of 
our clients to pay us for services that we have already performed. If we are not able to reduce our costs quickly enough to respond to 
the revenue decline from these clients, our operating results may be adversely affected. Accordingly, these factors affect our ability 
to forecast our future revenue and earnings from business areas that may be adversely impacted by market conditions. 

Demand for our oil and gas, and mining services fluctuates and a decline in demand could adversely affect our revenue, 
profits and financial condition. 

Demand for our oil and gas services fluctuates, and we depend on our customers’ willingness to make future expenditures 
to explore for, develop, produce and transport oil and natural gas in the United States and Canada. Our customers’ willingness to 
undertake these activities depends largely upon prevailing industry conditions that are influenced by numerous factors over which 
we have no control, including: 

•   prices, and expectations about future prices, of oil and natural gas;  
•   domestic and foreign supply of and demand for oil and natural gas; 
•  
•  
•  
•  
•  
•  
•  
•  

the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas; 
transportation capacity, including but not limited to train transportation capacity and its future regulation; 
available pipeline, storage and other transportation capacity; 
availability of qualified personnel and lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products; 
federal, state, provincial and local regulation of oilfield activities; 
environmental concerns regarding the methods our customers use to produce hydrocarbons; 
the availability of water resources and the cost of disposal and recycling services; and 
seasonal limitations on access to work locations. 

Anticipated future prices for natural gas and crude oil are a primary factor affecting spending by our customers. Lower 
prices or volatility in prices for oil and natural gas typically decrease spending, which can cause rapid and material declines in 
demand for our services and in the prices we are able to charge for our services. Worldwide political, economic, military and 
terrorist events, as well as natural disasters and other factors beyond our control, contribute to oil and natural gas price levels and 
volatility and are likely to continue to do so in the future. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Further, the businesses of our global mining clients are, to varying degrees, cyclical and have experienced declines over the 
last three years due to lower global growth expectations and the associated decline in market prices. For example, depending on the 
market prices of uranium, precious metals, aluminum, copper, iron ore, and potash, our mining company clients may cancel or 
curtail their mining projects, which could result in a corresponding decline in the demand for our services among these clients. 
Accordingly, the cyclical nature of the mining industry could adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition. 

Our international operations expose us to legal, political, and economic risks in different countries as well as currency 
exchange rate fluctuations that could harm our business and financial results. 

In fiscal 2018, we generated 24.7% of our revenue from our international operations, primarily in Canada and Australia, 
and from international clients for work that is performed by our domestic operations. International business is subject to a variety of 
risks, including: 

•  
imposition of governmental controls and changes in laws, regulations, or policies; 
•  
lack of developed legal systems to enforce contractual rights; 
•   greater risk of uncollectible accounts and longer collection cycles; 
•  
•   uncertain and changing tax rules, regulations, and rates; 
•  

currency exchange rate fluctuations, devaluations, and other conversion restrictions; 

the  potential  for civil  unrest,  acts of terrorism, force  majeure,  war or other armed conflict, and greater physical 
security risks, which may cause us to have to leave a country quickly;  
logistical and communication challenges; 
changes in regulatory practices, including tariffs and taxes; 
changes in labor conditions; 

•  
•  
•  
•   general economic, political, and financial conditions in foreign markets; and  
•  

exposure to civil or criminal liability under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery Act, 
the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, the Brazilian Clean Companies Act, the anti-boycott rules, 
trade and export control regulations, as well as other international regulations. 

For example, an ongoing government investigation into political corruption in Quebec contributed to the slow-down in 
procurements and business activity in that province, which adversely affected our business. The Province of Quebec has adopted 
legislation that requires businesses and individuals seeking contracts with governmental bodies be certified by a Quebec regulatory 
authority for contracts over a specified size. Our failure to maintain certification could adversely affect our business. 

International risks and violations of international regulations may significantly reduce our revenue and profits, and subject 
us to criminal or civil enforcement actions, including fines, suspensions, or disqualification from future U.S. federal procurement 
contracting. Although we have policies and procedures to monitor legal and regulatory compliance, our employees, subcontractors, 
and agents could take actions that violate these requirements. As a result, our international risk exposure may be more or less than 
the percentage of revenue attributed to our international operations. 

We derive a substantial amount of our revenue from U.S. federal, state and local government agencies, and any disruption in 
government funding or in our relationship with those agencies could adversely affect our business. 

In fiscal 2018, we generated 48.7% of our revenue from contracts  with U.S. federal, and state and local government 
agencies. A significant amount of this revenue is derived under multi-year contracts, many of which are appropriated on an annual 
basis. As a result, at the beginning of a project, the related contract may be only partially funded, and additional funding is normally 
committed  only  as  appropriations  are  made  in  each  subsequent  year.  These  appropriations,  and  the  timing  of  payment  of 
appropriated amounts, may be influenced by numerous factors as noted below. Our backlog includes only the projects that have 
funding appropriated. 

The demand for our U.S. government-related services is generally driven by the level of government program funding. 
Accordingly, the success and further development of our business depends, in large part, upon the continued funding of these U.S. 
government programs, and upon our ability to obtain contracts and perform well under these programs. Under the Budget Control 
Act of 2011, an automatic sequestration process, or across-the-board budget cuts (a large portion of which was defense-related), was 
triggered. The sequestration began on March 1, 2013. Although the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013 provided some sequester relief 
through the end of fiscal year 2015, the sequestration requires reduced U.S. federal government spending through fiscal year 2021. A 
significant reduction in federal government spending, the absence of a bipartisan agreement on the federal government budget, or a 
change in budgetary priorities could reduce demand for our services, cancel or delay federal projects, result in the closure of federal 
facilities and significant personnel reductions, and have a material and adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and cash flows. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There are several additional factors that could materially affect our U.S. government contracting business, which could 
cause U.S. government agencies to delay or cancel programs, to reduce their orders under existing contracts, to exercise their rights 
to terminate contracts or not to exercise contract options for renewals or extensions. Such factors, which include the following, 
could have a material adverse effect on our revenue or the timing of contract payments from U.S. government agencies: 

•  

the failure of the U.S. government to complete its budget and appropriations process before its fiscal year-end, which 
would result in the funding of government operations by means of a continuing resolution that authorizes agencies to 
continue to operate but does not authorize new spending initiatives. As a result, U.S. government agencies may delay 
the procurement of services; 
changes in and delays or cancellations of government programs, requirements or appropriations; 

•  
•   budget constraints or policy changes resulting in  delay or curtailment of expenditures related to the services we 

•  
•  

provide; 
re-competes of government contracts; 
the timing and amount of tax revenue received by federal, and state and local governments, and the overall level of 
government expenditures; 
curtailment in the use of government contracting firms; 

•  
•   delays associated with insufficient numbers of government staff to oversee contracts; 
•  
•  

the increasing preference by government agencies for contracting with small and disadvantaged businesses; 
competing political priorities and changes in the political climate  with regard to the funding or operation of the 
services we provide; 
the  adoption  of  new  laws  or  regulations  affecting  our  contracting  relationships  with  the  federal,  state  or  local 
governments; 

•  

•   unsatisfactory performance on government contracts by us or one of our subcontractors, negative government audits 

or other events that may impair our relationship with federal, state or local governments; 
a dispute with or improper activity by any of our subcontractors; and 

•  
•   general economic or political conditions. 

Our inability to win or renew U.S. government contracts during regulated procurement processes could harm our operations 
and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

U.S.  government  contracts  are  awarded  through  a  regulated  procurement  process. The  U.S.  federal  government  has 
increasingly relied upon  multi-year contracts  with pre-established terms and conditions, such as indefinite delivery/indefinite 
quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts, which generally require those contractors who have previously been awarded the IDIQ to engage in an 
additional competitive bidding process before a task order is issued. As a result, new work awards tend to be smaller and of shorter 
duration, since the orders represent individual tasks rather than large, programmatic assignments. In addition, we believe that there 
has been an increase in the award of federal contracts based on a low-price, technically acceptable criteria emphasizing price over 
qualitative factors, such as past performance. As a result, pricing pressure may reduce our profit margins on future federal contracts. 
The increased competition and pricing pressure, in turn, may require us to make sustained efforts to reduce costs in order to realize 
revenue, and profits under government contracts. If we are not successful in reducing the amount of costs we incur, our profitability 
on government contracts will be negatively impacted. In addition, the U.S. federal government has scaled back outsourcing of 
services in favor of “insourcing” jobs to its employees, which could reduce our revenue. Moreover, even if we are qualified to work 
on a government contract, we may not be awarded the contract because of existing government policies designed to protect small 
businesses  and  under-represented  minority  contractors.  Our  inability  to  win  or  renew  government  contracts  during  regulated 
procurement processes could harm our operations and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

Each year, client funding for some of our U.S. government contracts may rely on government appropriations or public-
supported financing. If adequate public funding is delayed or is not available, then our profits and revenue could decline. 

Each  year, client  funding for  some of our U.S.  government contracts  may directly or indirectly rely on  government 
appropriations or public-supported financing. Legislatures may appropriate funds for a given project on a year-by-year basis, even 
though the project may take more than one year to perform. In addition, public-supported financing such as U.S. state and local 
municipal bonds may be only partially raised to support existing projects. Similarly, an economic downturn may make it more 
difficult for U.S. state and local governments to fund projects. In addition to the state of the economy and competing political 
priorities, public funds and the timing of payment of these funds may be influenced by, among other things, curtailments in the use 
of government contracting firms, increases in raw material costs, delays associated with insufficient numbers of government staff to 
oversee contracts, budget constraints, the timing and amount of tax receipts, and the overall level of government expenditures. If 
adequate public funding is not available or is delayed, then our profits and revenue could decline. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our U.S. federal government contracts may give government agencies the right to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate, or 
terminate existing contracts at their convenience at any time prior to their completion, which may result in a decline in our 
profits and revenue. 

U.S. federal government projects in which we participate as a contractor or subcontractor may extend for several years. 
Generally, government contracts include the right to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate, or terminate contracts and subcontracts at the 
government’s convenience any time prior to their completion. Any decision by a U.S. federal government client to modify, delay, 
curtail, renegotiate, or terminate our contracts at their convenience may result in a decline in our profits and revenue. 

As a U.S. government contractor, we must comply with various procurement laws and regulations and are subject to regular 
government audits; a violation of any of these laws and regulations or the failure to pass a government audit could result in 
sanctions, contract termination, forfeiture of profit, harm to our reputation or loss of our status as an eligible government 
contractor and could reduce our profits and revenue. 

We  must comply  with and are affected by U.S.  federal, state, local,  and foreign laws and regulations relating to the 
formation,  administration  and  performance  of  government  contracts.  For  example,  we  must  comply  with  FAR,  the  Truth  in 
Negotiations Act, CAS, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the Services Contract Act, and the DoD security 
regulations, as well as many other rules and regulations. In addition, we must also comply with other government regulations related 
to employment practices, environmental protection, health and safety, tax, accounting, and anti-fraud measures, as well as many 
other regulations in order to maintain our government contractor status. These laws and regulations affect how we do business with 
our clients and, in some instances, impose additional costs on our business operations. Although we take precautions to prevent and 
deter fraud, misconduct, and non-compliance, we face the risk that our employees or outside partners may engage in misconduct, 
fraud, or other improper activities. U.S. government agencies, such as the DCAA, routinely audit and investigate government 
contractors. These government agencies review and audit a government contractor’s performance under its contracts and cost 
structure, and evaluate compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and standards. In addition, during the course of its audits, the 
DCAA may question our incurred project costs. If the DCAA believes we have accounted for such costs in a manner inconsistent 
with the requirements for FAR or CAS, the DCAA auditor  may recommend to our U.S. government corporate administrative 
contracting officer that such costs be disallowed. Historically, we have not experienced significant disallowed costs as a result of 
government audits. However, we can provide no assurance that the DCAA or other government audits will not result in material 
disallowances for incurred costs in the future. In addition, U.S. government contracts are subject to various other requirements 
relating to the formation, administration, performance, and accounting for these contracts. We may also be subject to  qui tam 
litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the U.S. government under the Federal Civil False Claims Act, which could 
include claims for treble damages. For example, as discussed elsewhere in this report, on October 15, 2018, the Civil Division of the 
United States Attorney's Office filed a notice of election to intervene in three qui tam actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra Tech 
EC, Inc. ("TtEC"), in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaints of the qui tam relators allege 
False Claims Act violations related to TtEC's contracts to perform environmental remediation services at the former Hunters Point 
Naval Shipyard in San Francisco, California. U.S. government contract violations could result in the imposition of civil and criminal 
penalties or sanctions, contract termination, forfeiture of profit, and/or suspension of payment, any of which could make us lose our 
status as an eligible government contractor. We could also suffer serious harm to our reputation. Any interruption or termination of 
our U.S. government contractor status could reduce our profits and revenue significantly. 

If we extend a significant portion of our credit to clients in a specific geographic area or industry, we may experience 
disproportionately high levels of collection risk and nonpayment if those clients are adversely affected by factors particular 
to their geographic area or industry. 

Our clients include public and private entities that have been, and may continue to be, negatively impacted by the changing 
landscape in the global economy. While outside of the U.S. federal government no one client accounted for over 10% of our revenue 
for fiscal 2018, we face collection risk as a normal part of our business where we perform services and subsequently bill our clients 
for such services. In the event that we have concentrated credit risk from clients in a specific geographic area or industry, continuing 
negative trends or a worsening in the financial condition of that specific geographic area or industry could make us susceptible to 
disproportionately high levels of default by those clients. Such defaults could materially adversely impact our revenues and our 
results of operations. 

We have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions. Acquisitions could disrupt our operations and adversely impact 
our business and operating results. Our failure to conduct due diligence effectively, or our inability to successfully integrate 
acquisitions,  could  impede  us  from  realizing  all  of  the benefits  of  the  acquisitions,  which  could  weaken  our  results  of 
operations. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A key part of our growth strategy is to acquire other companies that complement our lines of business or that broaden our 
technical capabilities and geographic presence. We expect to continue to acquire companies as an element of our growth strategy; 
however, our ability to make acquisitions is restricted under our credit agreement. Acquisitions involve certain known and unknown 
risks that could cause our actual growth or operating results to differ from our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts. 
For example: 

•   we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or to acquire additional companies on acceptable 

terms; 

•   we are pursuing international acquisitions, which inherently pose more risk than domestic acquisitions; 
•   we compete with others to acquire companies, which may result in decreased availability of, or increased price for, 

suitable acquisition candidates; 

•   we may not be able to obtain the necessary financing, on favorable terms or at all, to finance any of our potential 

acquisitions; 

•   we may ultimately fail to consummate an acquisition even if we announce that we plan to acquire a company; and 
•  
acquired companies may not perform as we expect, and we may fail to realize anticipated revenue and profits. 

In addition, our acquisition strategy may divert management’s attention away from our existing businesses, resulting in the 
loss of key clients or key employees, and expose us to unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, including responsibility as a 
successor-in-interest for undisclosed or contingent liabilities of acquired businesses or assets. 

If we fail to conduct due diligence on our potential targets effectively, we may, for example, not identify problems at target 
companies, or fail to recognize incompatibilities or other obstacles to successful integration. Our inability to successfully integrate 
future acquisitions could impede us from realizing all of the benefits of those acquisitions and could severely weaken our business 
operations. The integration process may disrupt our business and, if implemented ineffectively, may preclude realization of the full 
benefits expected by us and could harm our results of operations. In addition, the overall integration of the combining companies 
may result in unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, and competitive responses, and may cause our stock price to decline. The 
difficulties of integrating an acquisition include, among others: 

issues in integrating information, communications, and other systems; 
incompatibility of logistics, marketing, and administration methods; 

•  
•  
•   maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees; 
•  
•   preserving important strategic client relationships; 
•  
•  

integrating the business cultures of both companies; 

consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures, and eliminating duplicative operations; and 
coordinating and integrating geographically separate organizations. 

In addition, even if the operations of an acquisition are integrated successfully, we may not realize the full benefits of the 
acquisition, including the synergies, cost savings or growth opportunities that we expect. These benefits may not be achieved within 
the anticipated time frame, or at all. 

Further, acquisitions may cause us to: 

issue common stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ ownership percentage; 

•  
•   use a substantial portion of our cash resources; 
•  

•  

•  

•  

increase  our  interest  expense,  leverage,  and  debt  service  requirements  (if  we  incur  additional  debt  to  fund  an 
acquisition); 
assume liabilities, including environmental liabilities, for which we do not have indemnification from the former 
owners. Further, indemnification obligations may be subject to dispute or concerns regarding the creditworthiness of 
the former owners; 
record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing and potential impairment 
charges; 
experience volatility in earnings due to changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-out liability 
estimates;  
incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets; 
lose existing or potential contracts as a result of conflict of interest issues; 
incur large and immediate write-offs; or 

•  
•  
•  
•   become subject to litigation. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finally, acquired companies that derive a significant portion of their revenue from the U.S. federal government and do not 
follow the same cost accounting policies and billing practices that we follow may be subject to larger cost disallowances for greater 
periods than we typically encounter. If we fail to determine the existence of unallowable costs and do not establish appropriate 
reserves at acquisition, we may be exposed to material unanticipated liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

If our goodwill or intangible assets become impaired, then our profits may be significantly reduced. 

Because we have historically acquired a significant number of companies, goodwill and intangible assets represent a 
substantial portion of our assets. As of September 30, 2018, our goodwill was $798.8 million and intangible assets were $16.1 
million. We are required to perform a goodwill impairment test for potential impairment at least on an annual basis. We also assess 
the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indications of impairment are present based on expected 
future profitability and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. The goodwill impairment 
test  requires  us  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units,  which  are  the  components  one  level  below  our  reportable 
segments. In determining fair value, we make significant judgments and estimates, including assumptions about our strategic plans 
with regard to our operations. We also analyze current economic indicators and market valuations to help determine fair value. To 
the extent economic conditions that would impact the future operations of our reporting units change, our goodwill may be deemed 
to be impaired, and we would be required to record a non-cash charge that could result in a material adverse effect on our financial 
position or results of operations. We had no goodwill impairment in fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017, or fiscal 2018. 

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws. 

The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper 
payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 prohibits 
both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both private and public sectors. In addition, an organization that 
“fails  to  prevent  bribery”  by  anyone  associated  with  the  organization  can  be  charged  under  the  U.K.  Bribery Act  unless  the 
organization can establish the defense of having implemented “adequate procedures” to prevent bribery. Improper payments are also 
prohibited under the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and the Brazilian Clean Companies Act. Local business 
practices in many countries outside the United States create a greater risk of government corruption than that found in the United 
States and other more developed countries. Our policies mandate compliance with anti-bribery laws, and we have established 
policies and procedures designed to monitor compliance with anti-bribery law requirements; however, we cannot ensure that our 
policies and procedures will protect us from potential reckless or criminal acts committed by individual employees or agents. If we 
are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could suffer from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could 
have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We could be adversely impacted if we fail to comply with domestic and international export laws. 

To the extent we export technical services, data and products outside of the United States, we are subject to U.S. and 
international laws and regulations governing international trade and exports, including but not limited to the International Traffic in 
Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Regulations, and trade sanctions against embargoed countries. A failure to comply 
with these laws and regulations could result in civil or criminal sanctions, including the imposition of fines, the denial of export 
privileges, and suspension or debarment from participation in U.S. government contracts, which could have a material adverse effect 
on our business. 

If we fail to complete a project in a timely manner, miss a required performance standard, or otherwise fail to adequately 
perform on a project, then we may incur a loss on that project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall profitability. 

Our engagements often involve large-scale, complex projects. The quality of our performance on such projects depends in 
large part upon our ability to manage the relationship with our clients and our ability to effectively manage the project and deploy 
appropriate resources, including third-party contractors and our own personnel, in a timely manner. We may commit to a client that 
we  will complete a project by a scheduled date. We  may also commit that a project,  when completed, will achieve specified 
performance standards. If the project is not completed by the scheduled date or fails to meet required performance standards, we 
may either incur significant additional costs or be held responsible for the costs incurred by the client to rectify damages due to late 
completion  or  failure  to  achieve  the  required  performance  standards.  The  uncertainty  of  the  timing  of  a  project  can  present 
difficulties in planning the amount of personnel needed for the project. If the project is delayed or canceled, we may bear the cost of 
an underutilized workforce that was dedicated to fulfilling the project. In addition, performance of projects can be affected by a 
number of factors beyond our control, including unavoidable delays from government inaction, public opposition, inability to obtain 
financing, weather conditions, unavailability of vendor materials, changes in the project scope of services requested by our clients, 
industrial accidents, environmental hazards, and labor disruptions. To the extent these events occur, the total costs of the project 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
could exceed our estimates, and we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, incur a loss on a project, which may reduce 
or eliminate our overall profitability. Further, any defects or errors, or failures to meet our clients’ expectations, could result in 
claims for damages against  us. Failure  to  meet performance  standards or complete performance on a timely basis could also 
adversely affect our reputation. 

The loss of key personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could impair our ability to provide 
services to our clients and otherwise conduct our business effectively. 

As primarily a professional and technical services company, we are labor-intensive and, therefore, our ability to attract, 
retain, and expand our senior management and our professional and technical staff is an important factor in determining our future 
success. The market for qualified scientists and engineers is competitive and, from time to time, it may be difficult to attract and 
retain qualified individuals with the required expertise within the timeframe demanded by our clients. For example, some of our 
U.S. government contracts may require us to employ only individuals who have particular government security clearance levels. In 
addition, we rely heavily upon the expertise and leadership of our senior management. If we are unable to retain executives and 
other key personnel, the roles and responsibilities of those employees will need to be filled, which may require that we devote time 
and resources to identify, hire, and integrate new employees. With limited exceptions, we do not have employment agreements with 
any of our key personnel. The loss of the services of any of these key personnel could adversely affect our business. Although we 
have obtained non-compete agreements from certain principals and stockholders of companies we have acquired, we generally do 
not have non-compete or employment agreements with key employees who were once equity holders of these companies. Further, 
many of our non-compete agreements have expired. We do not maintain key-man life insurance policies on any of our executive 
officers or senior managers. Our failure to attract and retain key individuals could impair our ability to provide services to our clients 
and conduct our business effectively. 

Our  revenue  and  growth  prospects  may  be  harmed  if  we or  our  employees  are  unable  to obtain  government  granted 
eligibility or other qualifications we and they need to perform services for our customers. 

A number of government programs require contractors to have certain kinds of government granted eligibility, such as 
security clearance credentials. Depending on the project, eligibility can be difficult and time-consuming to obtain. If we or our 
employees are  unable to obtain or retain the necessary eligibility,  we  may not be able to  win  new business, and our existing 
customers could terminate their contracts with us or decide not to renew them. To the extent we cannot obtain or maintain the 
required security clearances for our employees working on a particular contract, we may not derive the revenue or profit anticipated 
from such contract. 

Our actual business and financial results could differ from the estimates  and assumptions that we use to prepare our 
consolidated financial statements, which may significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. 

To prepare consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United 
States of America ("GAAP"), management is required to make estimates and assumptions as of the date of the consolidated financial 
statements. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well  as 
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. For example, we typically recognize revenue over the life of a contract based on the 
proportion of costs incurred to date compared to the total costs estimated to be incurred for the entire project. Areas  requiring 
significant estimates by our management include: 

•  

the application of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting and revenue recognition on contracts, change 
orders, and contract claims, including related unbilled accounts receivable; 

•   unbilled accounts receivable, including amounts related to requests for equitable adjustment to contracts that provide 
for price redetermination, primarily with the U.S. federal government. These amounts are recorded only when they can 
be reliably estimated and realization is probable;   

•   provisions for uncollectible receivables, client claims, and recoveries of costs from subcontractors, vendors, and 

others; 

•   provisions  for  income  taxes,  research  and  development  tax  credits,  valuation  allowances,  and  unrecognized  tax 

benefits; 

•   value of goodwill and recoverability of intangible assets; 
•   valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations; 
•   valuation of contingent earn-out liabilities recorded in connection with business combinations;   
•   valuation of employee benefit plans;  
•   valuation of stock-based compensation expense; and 
•  

accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our actual business and financial results could differ from those estimates, which may significantly reduce or eliminate our 

profits. 

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce. 

The cost of providing our services, including the extent to which we utilize our workforce, affects our profitability. The rate 

at which we utilize our workforce is affected by a number of factors, including: 

•   our ability to transition employees  from completed projects to new assignments and to hire and assimilate new 

employees; 

•   our  ability  to  forecast  demand  for  our  services  and  thereby  maintain  an  appropriate  headcount  in  each  of  our 

geographies and operating units; 

•   our ability to manage attrition; 
•   our need to devote time and resources to training, business development, professional development, and other non-

chargeable activities; and  

•   our ability to match the skill sets of our employees to the needs of the marketplace. 

If we over-utilize our workforce, our employees may become disengaged, which could impact employee attrition. If we 

under-utilize our workforce, our profit margin and profitability could suffer. 

Our use of the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition could result in a reduction or reversal of previously 
recorded revenue and profits. 

We account for most of our contracts on the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition. Generally, our use of 
this method results in recognition of revenue and profit ratably over the life of the contract, based on the proportion of costs incurred 
to date to total costs expected to be incurred for the entire project. The effects of revisions to estimated revenue and costs, including 
the achievement of award fees and the impact of change orders and claims, are recorded when the amounts are known and can be 
reasonably estimated. Such revisions could occur in any period and their effects could be material. Although we have historically 
made reasonably reliable estimates of the progress towards completion of long-term contracts, the uncertainties inherent in the 
estimating process make it possible for actual costs to vary materially from estimates, including reductions or reversals of previously 
recorded revenue and profit. 

If we are unable to accurately estimate and control our contract costs, then we may incur losses on our contracts, which 
could decrease our operating margins and reduce our profits. In particular, our fixed-price contracts could increase the 
unpredictability of our earnings. 

It is important for us to accurately estimate and control our contract costs so that we can maintain positive operating 
margins and profitability. We generally enter into three principal types of contracts with our clients: fixed-price, time-and-materials 
and cost-plus. 

The U.S. federal government and certain other clients have increased the use of fixed-priced contracts. Under fixed-price 
contracts, we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur and, consequently, we are exposed to a number of risks. 
We realize a profit on fixed-price contracts only if we can control our costs and prevent cost over-runs on our contracts. Fixed-price 
contracts require cost and scheduling estimates that are based on a number of assumptions, including those about future economic 
conditions, costs, and availability of labor, equipment and materials, and other exigencies. We could experience cost over-runs if 
these estimates are originally inaccurate as a result of errors or ambiguities in the contract specifications, or become inaccurate as a 
result of a change in circumstances following the submission of the estimate due to, among other things, unanticipated technical 
problems, difficulties in obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or labor conditions, weather delays, changes in the 
costs of raw materials, or the inability of our vendors or subcontractors to perform. If cost overruns occur, we could experience 
reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for that project. If a project is significant, or if there are one or more common issues that 
impact multiple projects, costs overruns could increase the unpredictability of our earnings, as well as have a material adverse 
impact on our business and earnings. 

Under our time-and-materials contracts, we are paid for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and also paid for other 
expenses. Profitability on these contracts is driven by billable headcount and cost control. Many of our time-and-materials contracts 
are subject to maximum contract values and, accordingly, revenue relating to these contracts is recognized as if these contracts were 
fixed-price contracts. Under our cost-plus contracts, some of which are subject to contract ceiling amounts, we are reimbursed for 
allowable costs and fees, which may be fixed or performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling or are not allowable 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
under the provisions of the contract or any applicable regulations, we may not be able to obtain reimbursement for all of the costs 
we incur. 

Profitability on our contracts is driven by billable headcount and our ability to manage our subcontractors, vendors, and 
material suppliers. If we are unable to accurately estimate and manage our costs, we may incur losses on our contracts, which could 
decrease our operating margins and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. Certain of our contracts require us to satisfy 
specific design, engineering, procurement,  or construction  milestones in order to receive payment  for the  work completed or 
equipment or supplies procured prior to achievement of the applicable milestone. As a result, under these types of arrangements, we 
may incur significant costs or perform significant amounts of services prior to receipt of payment. If a client determines not to 
proceed with the completion of the project or if the client defaults on its payment obligations, we may face difficulties in collecting 
payment of amounts due to us for the costs previously incurred or for the amounts previously expended to purchase equipment or 
supplies. 

Accounting for a contract requires judgments relative to assessing the contract’s estimated risks, revenue, costs, and other 
technical issues. Due to the size and nature of many of our contracts, the estimation of overall risk, revenue, and cost at completion 
is complicated and subject to many variables. Changes in underlying assumptions, circumstances, or estimates may also adversely 
affect future period financial performance. If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall revenue or costs on a contract, then we 
may experience a lower profit or incur a loss on the contract. 

Our failure to adequately recover on claims brought by us against clients for additional contract costs could have a negative 
impact on our liquidity and profitability. 

We have brought claims against clients for additional costs exceeding the contract price or for amounts not included in the 
original contract price. These types of claims occur due to matters such as client-caused delays or changes from the initial project 
scope, both of  which  may result in additional cost.  Often, these claims can be the subject of lengthy arbitration or litigation 
proceedings, and it is difficult to accurately predict when these claims will be fully resolved. When these types of events occur and 
unresolved claims are pending, we have used working capital in projects to cover cost overruns pending the resolution of the 
relevant  claims.  A  failure  to  promptly  recover  on  these  types  of  claims  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  liquidity  and 
profitability. Total accounts receivable at September 30, 2018 included approximately $74 million related to such claims. 

Our failure to win new contracts and renew existing contracts with private and public sector clients could adversely affect 
our profitability. 

Our business depends on our ability to win new contracts and renew existing contracts with private and public sector 
clients. Contract proposals and negotiations are complex and frequently involve a lengthy bidding and selection process, which is 
affected by a number of factors. These factors include market conditions, financing arrangements, and required governmental 
approvals. For example, a client may require us to provide a bond or letter of credit to protect the client should we fail to perform 
under the terms of the contract. If negative market conditions arise, or if we fail to secure adequate financial arrangements or the 
required government approval, we may not be able to pursue particular projects, which could adversely affect our profitability. 

If we are not able to successfully manage our growth strategy, our business and results of operations may be adversely 
affected. 

Our expected future growth presents numerous managerial, administrative, operational, and other challenges. Our ability to 
manage the growth of our operations will require us to continue to improve our management information systems and our other 
internal systems and controls. In addition, our growth will increase our need to attract, develop, motivate, and retain both our 
management and professional employees. The inability to effectively manage our growth or the inability of our employees to 
achieve anticipated performance could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Our backlog is subject to cancellation, unexpected adjustments and changing economic conditions, and is an uncertain 
indicator of future operating results. 

Our backlog at September 30, 2018 was $2.7 billion, an increase of $122.7 million, or 4.8%, compared to the end of fiscal 
2017. We include in backlog only those contracts for which funding has been provided and work authorizations have been received. 
We cannot guarantee that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profits. In addition, 
project cancellations or scope adjustments may occur, from time to time, with respect to contracts reflected in our backlog. For 
example, certain of our contracts with the U.S. federal government and other clients are terminable at the discretion of the client, 
with or without cause. These types of backlog reductions could adversely affect our revenue and margins. As a result of these 
factors, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cyber security breaches of our systems and information technology could adversely impact our ability to operate. 

We develop, install and maintain information technology systems for ourselves, as well as for customers. Client contracts 
for the performance of information technology services, as well as various privacy and securities laws, require us to manage and 
protect sensitive and confidential information, including federal and other government information, from disclosure. We also need to 
protect our own internal trade secrets and other business confidential information, as well as personal data of our employees and 
contractors, from disclosure. For example, the European's Union General Data Protection Regulation, which became effective in 
May 2018, extends the scope of the European Union data protection laws to all companies processing data of European Union 
residents, regardless of the company's location. We face the threat to our computer systems of unauthorized access, computer 
hackers, computer viruses, malicious code, organized cyber-attacks and other security problems and system disruptions, including 
possible unauthorized access to our and our clients' proprietary or classified information. We rely on industry-accepted security 
measures and technology to securely maintain all confidential and proprietary information on our information systems. In the 
ordinary course of business, we have been targeted by malicious cyber-attacks. We have devoted and will continue to devote 
significant  resources  to  the  security  of  our  computer  systems,  but  they  may  still  be  vulnerable  to  these  threats. A  user  who 
circumvents security measures could misappropriate confidential or proprietary information, including information regarding us, our 
personnel and/or our clients, or cause interruptions  or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend 
significant resources to protect against the threat of these system disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused 
by these disruptions and breaches. We also rely in part on third-party software and information technology vendors to run our critical 
accounting, project management and financial information systems. We depend on our software and information technology vendors 
to provide long-term software and hardware support for our information systems. Our software and information technology vendors 
may  decide  to  discontinue  further  development,  integration  or  long-term  software  and  hardware  support  for  our  information 
systems, in which case we may need to abandon one or more of our current information systems and migrate some or all of our 
accounting, project management and financial information to other systems, thus increasing our operational expense, as well as 
disrupting the management of our business operations. Any of these events could damage our reputation and have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

If our business partners fail to perform their contractual obligations on a project, we could be exposed to legal liability, loss 
of reputation and profit reduction or loss on the project. 

We  routinely  enter  into  subcontracts  and,  occasionally,  joint  ventures,  teaming  arrangements,  and  other  contractual 
arrangements so that we can jointly bid and perform on a particular project. Success under these arrangements depends in large part 
on whether our business partners fulfill their contractual obligations satisfactorily. In addition, when we operate through a joint 
venture in which we are a minority holder, we have limited control over many project decisions, including decisions related to the 
joint  venture’s  internal  controls,  which  may  not  be  subject  to  the  same  internal  control  procedures  that  we  employ.  If  these 
unaffiliated third parties do not fulfill their contract obligations, the partnerships or joint ventures may be unable to adequately 
perform and deliver their contracted services. Under these circumstances, we may be obligated to pay financial penalties, provide 
additional services to ensure the adequate performance and delivery of the contracted services, and may be jointly and severally 
liable for the other’s actions or contract performance. These additional obligations could result in reduced profits and revenues or, in 
some cases, significant losses for us with respect to the joint venture, which could also affect our reputation in the industries we 
serve. 

If our contractors and subcontractors fail to satisfy their obligations to us or other parties, or if we are unable to maintain 
these relationships, our revenue, profitability, and growth prospects could be adversely affected. 

We depend on contractors and subcontractors in conducting our business. There is a risk that we may have disputes with 
our subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor, client 
concerns about the subcontractor, or our failure to extend existing task orders or issue new task orders under a subcontract. In 
addition, if a subcontractor fails to deliver on a timely basis the agreed-upon supplies, fails to perform the agreed-upon services, or 
goes out of business, then we may be required to purchase the services or supplies from another source at a higher price, and our 
ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. This may reduce the profit to be realized or result in a loss 
on a project for which the services or supplies are needed. 

We also rely on relationships with other contractors when we act as their subcontractor or  joint venture partner. The 
absence of qualified subcontractors with which we have a satisfactory relationship could adversely affect the quality of our service 
and our ability to perform under some of our contracts. Our future revenue and growth prospects could be adversely affected if other 
contractors  eliminate  or  reduce  their  subcontracts  or  teaming  arrangement  relationships  with  us,  or  if  a  government  agency 
terminates or reduces these other contractors’ programs, does not award them new contracts, or refuses to pay under a contract. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our failure to meet contractual schedule or performance requirements that we have guaranteed could adversely affect our 
operating results. 

In certain circumstances, we can incur liquidated or other damages if we do not achieve project completion by a scheduled 
date. If we or an entity for which we have provided a guarantee subsequently fails to complete the project as scheduled and the 
matter cannot be satisfactorily resolved with the client, we may be responsible for cost impacts to the client resulting from any delay 
or the cost to complete the project. Our costs generally increase from schedule delays and/or could exceed our projections for a 
particular project. In addition, project performance can be affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including unavoidable 
delays from governmental inaction, public opposition, inability to obtain financing, weather conditions, unavailability of vendor 
materials, changes in the project scope of services requested by our clients, industrial accidents, environmental hazards, labor 
disruptions and other factors. As a result, material performance problems for existing and future contracts could cause actual results 
of operations to differ from those anticipated by us and also could cause us to suffer damage to our reputation within our industry 
and client base. 

New legal requirements could adversely affect our operating results. 

Our business and results of operations could be adversely affected by U.S. health care reform, climate change, defense, 
environmental and infrastructure industry specific and other legislation and regulations. We are continually assessing the impact that 
health care reform could have on our employer-sponsored medical plans. Growing concerns about climate change may result in the 
imposition of additional environmental regulations. For example, legislation, international protocols, regulation or other restrictions 
on emissions could increase the costs of projects for our clients or, in some cases, prevent a project from going forward, thereby 
potentially reducing the need for our services. In addition, relaxation or repeal of laws and regulations, or changes in governmental 
policies regarding environmental, defense, infrastructure or other industries we serve could result in a decline in demand for our 
services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenues. We cannot predict when or whether any of these various proposals 
may be enacted or what their effect will be on us or on our customers. 

Changes in resource management, environmental, or infrastructure industry laws, regulations, and programs could directly 
or indirectly reduce the demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue. 

Some of our services are directly or indirectly impacted by changes in U.S. federal, state, local or foreign laws and 
regulations pertaining to the resource management, environmental, and infrastructure industries. Accordingly, a relaxation or repeal 
of these laws and regulations, or changes in governmental policies regarding the funding, implementation or enforcement of these 
programs, could result in a decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue. 

Changes in capital markets could adversely affect our access to capital and negatively impact our business. 

Our results could be adversely affected by an inability to access the revolving credit facility under our credit agreement. 
Unfavorable financial or economic conditions could impact certain lenders'  willingness or ability to fund our revolving credit 
facility. In addition, increases in interest rates or credit spreads, volatility in financial markets or the interest rate environment, 
significant political or economic events, defaults of significant issuers, and other market and economic factors, may negatively 
impact the general level of debt issuance, the debt issuance plans of certain categories of borrowers, the types of credit-sensitive 
products being offered, and/or a sustained period of market decline or weakness could have a material adverse effect on us. 

Restrictive covenants in our credit agreement may restrict our ability to pursue certain business strategies. 

Our credit agreement limits or restricts our ability to, among other things: 

incur additional indebtedness; 
create liens securing debt or other encumbrances on our assets; 

•  
•  
•   make loans or advances; 
•   pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders; 
•   purchase or redeem our stock; 
•  
•  
•  

repay indebtedness that is junior to indebtedness under our credit agreement; 
acquire the assets of, or merge or consolidate with, other companies; and 
sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of assets. 

Our credit agreement also requires that we maintain certain financial ratios, which we may not be able to achieve. The 
covenants may impair our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other favorable business activities. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our industry is highly competitive and we may be unable to compete effectively, which could result in reduced revenue, 
profitability and market share. 

We are engaged in a highly competitive business. The markets we serve are highly fragmented and we compete with a large 
number of regional, national and international companies. Certain of these competitors have greater financial and other resources 
than we do. Others are smaller and more specialized, and concentrate their resources in particular areas of expertise. The extent of 
our competition varies according to the particular markets and geographic area. In addition, the technical and professional aspects of 
some  of  our  services  generally  do  not  require  large  upfront  capital  expenditures  and  provide  limited  barriers  against  new 
competitors. The degree and type of competition we face is also influenced by the type and scope of a particular project. Our clients 
make competitive determinations based upon qualifications, experience, performance, reputation, technology, customer relationships 
and ability to provide the relevant services in a timely, safe and cost-efficient manner. This competitive environment could force us 
to make price concessions or otherwise reduce prices for our services. If we are unable to maintain our competitiveness and win bids 
for future projects, our market share, revenue, and profits will decline. 

Legal proceedings, investigations, and disputes could result in substantial monetary penalties and damages, especially if such 
penalties and damages exceed or are excluded from existing insurance coverage. 

We  engage  in  consulting,  engineering,  program  management,  construction  management,  construction,  and  technical 
services that can result in substantial injury or damages that may expose us to legal proceedings, investigations, and disputes. For 
example, in the ordinary course of our business, we may be involved in legal disputes regarding personal injury claims, employee or 
labor  disputes,  professional  liability  claims,  and  general  commercial  disputes  involving  project  cost  overruns  and  liquidated 
damages, as well as other claims. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business, we frequently make professional judgments and 
recommendations about environmental and engineering conditions of project sites for our clients, and we may be deemed to be 
responsible for these judgments and recommendations if they are later determined to be inaccurate. Any unfavorable legal ruling 
against us could result in substantial monetary damages or even criminal violations. We maintain insurance coverage as part of our 
overall legal and risk management strategy to minimize our potential liabilities; however, insurance coverage contains exclusions 
and other limitations that may not cover our potential liabilities. Generally, our insurance program covers workers’ compensation 
and employer’s liability, general liability, automobile liability, professional errors and omissions liability, property, and contractor’s 
pollution liability (in addition to other policies for specific projects). Our insurance program includes deductibles or self-insured 
retentions for each covered claim that may increase over time. In addition, our insurance policies contain exclusions that insurance 
providers may use to deny or restrict coverage. Excess liability and professional liability insurance policies provide for coverage on 
a “claims-made” basis, covering only claims actually made and reported during the policy period currently in effect. If we sustain 
liabilities that exceed or that are excluded from our insurance coverage, or for which we are not insured, it could have a material 
adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Unavailability or cancellation of third-party insurance coverage would increase our overall risk exposure as well as disrupt 
the management of our business operations. 

We maintain insurance coverage from third-party insurers as part of our overall risk management strategy and because 
some of our contracts require us to maintain specific insurance coverage limits. If any of our third-party insurers fail, suddenly 
cancel our coverage, or otherwise are unable to provide us with adequate insurance coverage, then our overall risk exposure and our 
operational expenses would increase and the management of our business operations would be disrupted. In addition, there can be 
no assurance that any of our existing insurance coverage will be renewable upon the expiration of the coverage period or that future 
coverage will be affordable at the required limits. 

Our inability to obtain adequate bonding could have a material adverse effect on our future revenue and business prospects. 

Certain clients require bid bonds, and performance and payment bonds. These bonds indemnify the client should we fail to 
perform our obligations under a contract. If a bond is required for a particular project and we are unable to obtain an appropriate 
bond, we cannot pursue that project. In some instances, we are required to co-venture with a small or disadvantaged business to 
pursue certain U.S. federal or state government contracts. In connection with these ventures, we are sometimes required to utilize 
our bonding capacity to cover all of the payment and performance obligations under the contract with the client. We have a bonding 
facility but, as is typically the case, the issuance of bonds under that facility is at the surety’s sole discretion. Moreover, due to 
events that can negatively affect the insurance and bonding markets, bonding may be more difficult to obtain or may only be 
available at significant additional cost. There can be no assurance that bonds will continue to be available to us on reasonable terms. 
Our inability to obtain adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new work could have a material adverse effect on our future 
revenue and business prospects. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee, agent, or partner misconduct, or our failure to comply with anti-bribery and other laws or regulations, could 
harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions. 

Misconduct,  fraud, non-compliance  with applicable laws and regulations, or other improper activities by one of our 
employees, agents, or partners could have a significant negative impact on our business and reputation. Such misconduct could 
include  the  failure  to  comply  with  government  procurement  regulations,  regulations  regarding  the  protection  of  classified 
information, regulations prohibiting bribery and other foreign corrupt practices, regulations regarding the pricing of labor and other 
costs in government contracts, regulations on lobbying or similar activities, regulations pertaining to the internal controls over 
financial reporting, environmental laws, and any other applicable laws or regulations. For example, as previously noted, the FCPA 
and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper 
payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies mandate compliance with these 
regulations and laws, and we take precautions to prevent and detect misconduct. However, since our internal controls are subject to 
inherent  limitations,  including  human  error,  it  is  possible  that  these  controls  could  be  intentionally  circumvented  or  become 
inadequate because of changed conditions. As a result, we cannot assure that our controls will protect us from reckless or criminal 
acts committed by our employees or agents. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or acts of misconduct could 
subject us to fines and penalties, loss of security clearances, and suspension or debarment from contracting, any or all of which 
could harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions. 

Our business activities may require our employees to travel to and work in countries where there are high security risks, 
which may result in employee death or injury, repatriation costs or other unforeseen costs. 

Certain of our contracts may require our employees travel to and work in high-risk countries that are undergoing political, 
social, and economic upheavals resulting from war, civil unrest, criminal activity, acts of terrorism, or public health crises. For 
example, we currently have employees working in high security risk countries such as Afghanistan and Iraq. As a result, we risk loss 
of or injury to our employees and may be subject to costs related to employee death or injury, repatriation, or other unforeseen 
circumstances. We may choose or be forced to leave a country with little or no warning due to physical security risks. 

Our failure to implement and comply with our safety program could adversely affect our operating results or financial 
condition. 

Our project sites often put our employees and others in close proximity with mechanized equipment, moving vehicles, 
chemical and manufacturing processes, and highly regulated materials. On some project sites, we may be responsible for safety, and, 
accordingly, we have an obligation to implement effective safety procedures. Our safety program is a fundamental element of our 
overall approach to risk management, and the implementation of the safety program is a significant issue in our dealings with our 
clients. We maintain an enterprise-wide group of health and safety professionals to help ensure that the services we provide are 
delivered safely and in accordance with standard work processes. Unsafe job sites and office environments have the potential to 
increase employee turnover, increase the cost of a project to our clients, expose us to types and levels of risk that are fundamentally 
unacceptable, and raise our operating costs. The implementation of our safety processes and procedures are monitored by various 
agencies, including the U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”), and rating bureaus, and may be evaluated by 
certain clients in cases in which safety requirements have been established in our contracts. Our failure to meet these requirements 
or our failure to properly implement and comply with our safety program could result in reduced profitability, the loss of projects or 
clients, or potential litigation, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, or financial condition. 

We may be precluded from providing certain services due to conflict of interest issues. 

Many of our clients are concerned about potential or actual conflicts of interest in retaining management consultants. U.S. 
federal government agencies have formal policies against continuing or awarding contracts that would create actual or potential 
conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies, among other things, may prevent us from bidding for or 
performing government contracts resulting from or relating to certain work we have performed. In addition, services performed for a 
commercial or government client may create a conflict of interest that precludes or limits our ability to obtain work from other 
public or private organizations. We have, on occasion, declined to bid on projects due to conflict of interest issues. 

If our reports and opinions are not in compliance with professional standards and other regulations, we could be subject to 
monetary damages and penalties. 

We issue reports and opinions to clients based on our professional engineering expertise, as well as our other professional 
credentials. Our reports and opinions may need to comply with professional standards, licensing requirements, securities regulations, 
and other laws and rules governing the performance of professional services in the jurisdiction in which the services are performed. 
In addition, we could be liable to third parties who use or rely upon our reports or opinions even if we are not contractually bound to 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
those third parties. For example, if we deliver an inaccurate report or one that is not in compliance with the relevant standards, and 
that report is  made available  to a  third party,  we  could be subject to third-party liability, resulting in  monetary damages and 
penalties. 

We may be subject to liabilities under environmental laws and regulations. 

Our services are subject to numerous U.S. and international environmental protection laws and regulations that are complex 
and stringent. For example, we must comply with a number of U.S. federal government laws that strictly regulate the handling, 
removal, treatment, transportation, and disposal of toxic and hazardous substances. Under the Comprehensive Environmental 
Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), and comparable state laws, we may be required to 
investigate and remediate regulated hazardous materials. CERCLA and comparable state laws typically impose strict, joint and 
several liabilities without regard to whether a company knew of or caused the release of hazardous substances. The liability for the 
entire cost of clean-up could be imposed upon any responsible party. Other principal U.S. federal environmental, health, and safety 
laws affecting us include, but are not limited to, the Resource Conversation and Recovery Act, National Environmental Policy Act, 
the Clean Air Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (the “Mine Act”), the 
Toxic Substances Control Act, and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act. Our business operations may also be 
subject to similar state and international laws relating to environmental protection. Further, past business practices at companies that 
we have acquired may also expose us to future unknown environmental liabilities. Liabilities related to environmental contamination 
or human exposure to hazardous substances, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs to us, 
including clean-up costs, fines, civil or criminal sanctions, and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury or cessation 
of remediation activities. Our continuing  work in the areas governed by these laws and regulations exposes us to the  risk of 
substantial liability. 

Force majeure events, including natural disasters and terrorist actions, could negatively impact the economies in which we 
operate or disrupt our operations, which may affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

Force  majeure  or  extraordinary  events  beyond  the  control  of  the  contracting  parties,  such  as  natural  and  man-made 
disasters, as well as terrorist actions, could negatively impact the economies in which we operate by causing the closure of offices, 
interrupting projects, and forcing the relocation of employees. We typically remain obligated to perform our services after a terrorist 
action or natural disaster unless the contract contains a force majeure clause that relieves us of our contractual obligations in such an 
extraordinary event. If we are not able to react quickly to force majeure, our operations may be affected significantly, which would 
have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

We have only a limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights, and our failure to protect our intellectual property 
rights could adversely affect our competitive position. 

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our proprietary information and other intellectual property. We rely 
principally on trade secrets to protect much of our intellectual property where we do not believe that patent or copyright protection is 
appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. Although our employees are subject to confidentiality 
obligations, this protection may be inadequate to deter or prevent misappropriation of our confidential information. In addition, we 
may be unable to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property or otherwise take appropriate steps to enforce our rights. 
Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position. In addition, if we are 
unable to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our trademarks or other proprietary information, our competitive 
position could be adversely affected. 

Our stock price could become more volatile and stockholders’ investments could lose value. 

In addition to the macroeconomic factors that have affected the prices of many securities generally, all of the factors 
discussed in this section could affect our stock price. Our common stock has previously experienced substantial price volatility. In 
addition, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market price of many 
companies, and that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. The overall market and the price of 
our common stock may fluctuate greatly. The trading price of our common stock may be significantly affected by various factors, 
including quarter-to-quarter variations in our financial results, such as revenue, profits, days sales outstanding, backlog, and other 
measures of financial performance or financial condition (which factors may, themselves, be affected by the factors described 
below): 

•  
•  
•  

loss of key employees; 
the number and significance of client contracts commenced and completed during a quarter; 
creditworthiness and solvency of clients; 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the ability of our clients to terminate contracts without penalties; 

•  
•   general economic or political conditions; 
•   unanticipated changes in contract performance that may affect profitability, particularly with contracts that are 

•  

•  

fixed-price or have funding limits; 
contract negotiations on change orders, requests for equitable adjustment, and collections of related billed and 
unbilled accounts receivable; 
seasonality of the spending cycle of our public sector clients, notably the U.S. federal government, the spending 
patterns of our commercial sector clients, and weather conditions; 

integration of acquired companies; 
changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-outs;  

•   budget constraints experienced by our U.S. federal, and state and local government clients; 
•  
•  
•   divestiture or discontinuance of operating units; 
•  
employee hiring, utilization and turnover rates; 
•   delays incurred in connection with a contract; 
•  
•  
•  
•  
•  
•  
•  
•  
•  

the size, scope and payment terms of contracts; 
the timing of expenses incurred for corporate initiatives; 
reductions in the prices of services offered by our competitors; 
threatened or pending litigation; 
legislative and regulatory enforcement policy changes that may affect demand for our services;  
the impairment of goodwill or identifiable intangible assets;  
the fluctuation of a foreign currency exchange rate;  
stock-based compensation expense; 
actual events, circumstances, outcomes, and amounts differing from judgments, assumptions, and estimates used 
in determining the value of certain assets (including the amounts of related valuation allowances), liabilities, and 
other items reflected in our consolidated financial statements; 
success in executing our strategy and operating plans; 
changes in tax laws or regulations or accounting rules;  
results of income tax examinations;  
the  timing  of  announcements  in  the  public  markets  regarding  new  services  or  potential  problems  with  the 
performance of services by us or our competitors, or any other material announcements; 
speculation in the media and analyst community, changes in recommendations or earnings estimates by financial 
analysts, changes in investors’ or analysts’ valuation measures for our stock, and market trends unrelated to our 
stock; 

•  
•  
•  
•  

•  

resolution of threatened or pending litigation; 
changes in investors’ and analysts’ perceptions of our business or any of our competitors’ businesses; 
changes in environmental legislation; 

•   our announcements concerning the payment of dividends or the repurchase of our shares; 
•  
•  
•  
•   broader market fluctuations; and 
•   general economic or political conditions. 

A significant drop in the price of our stock could expose us to the risk of securities class action lawsuits, which could result 
in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business. Additionally, 
volatility or a lack of positive performance in our stock price may adversely affect our ability to retain key employees, many of 
whom are awarded equity securities, the value of which is dependent on the performance of our stock price. 

Delaware law and our charter documents may impede or discourage a merger, takeover, or other business combination even 
if the business combination would have been in the short-term best interests of our stockholders. 

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law impose various impediments to the ability 
of a third party to acquire control of Tetra Tech, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, our 
Board of Directors has the power, without stockholder approval, to designate the terms of one or more series of preferred stock and 
issue shares of preferred stock, which could be used defensively if a takeover is threatened. Our incorporation under Delaware law, 
the  ability  of  our  Board of  Directors  to  create  and  issue  a  new  series  of  preferred  stock,  and  provisions  in  our  certificate  of 
incorporation and bylaws, such as those relating to advance notice of certain stockholder proposals and nominations, could impede a 
merger, takeover, or other business combination involving us, or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our 
common stock, even if the business combination would have been in the best interests of our current stockholders. 

Item 1B    Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

30 

 
 
 
 
Item 2.    Properties 

At fiscal 2018 year-end, we owned two facilities located in the United States and leased approximately 400 operating 
facilities in domestic and foreign locations. Our significant lease agreements expire at various dates through 2028. We believe that 
our current facilities are adequate for the operation of our business, and that suitable additional space in various local markets is 
available to accommodate any needs that may arise. 

The following table summarizes our ten most significant leased properties by location based on annual rental expenses 

(listed alphabetically, except for our corporate headquarters): 

Location 

Pasadena, CA 

Adelaide, South Australia, Australia 

Arlington, VA 

Irvine, CA 

London, United Kingdom 

New York, NY 

Pittsburgh, PA 

San Francisco, CA 

Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 

Vancouver, BC, Canada 

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings 

Description 
  Corporate Headquarters   

Reportable Segment 
Corporate 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

Office Building 

CIG 

GSG / CIG 

GSG / CIG 

GSG 

GSG 

GSG / CIG 

GSG 

CIG 

CIG 

For a description of our material pending legal and regulatory proceedings and settlements, see Note 17, "Commitments 

and Contingencies" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures 

Section 1503 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street  Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the  "Dodd-Frank Act") requires 
domestic mine operators to disclose violations and orders issued under the Mine Act by MSHA. We do not act as the owner of any 
mines, but we may act as a mining operator as defined under the Mine Act where we may be an independent contractor performing 
services or construction at  such  mine. Information concerning  mine  safety  violations or other regulatory  matters required by 
Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K is included in Exhibit 95. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market Information 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol TTEK. There were approximately 
1,400 stockholders of record at September 30, 2018. The high and low sales prices per share for the common stock for the last two 
fiscal years, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market, are set forth in the following tables. 

Fiscal 2018 
First quarter 

Second quarter 

Third quarter 

Fourth quarter 

Fiscal 2017 
First quarter 

Second quarter 

Third quarter 

Fourth quarter 

Dividends 

$ 

$ 

Prices 

High 

Low 

50.90     $ 
53.40    
58.85    
72.20    

44.30     $ 
44.85    
47.75    
48.35    

46.05  
44.65  
46.30  
58.00  

34.78  
38.85  
39.90  
39.95  

The following table summarizes dividend declared and paid in fiscal 2018 and 2017: 

Declare Date 

Dividend Paid Per 
Share 

Record Date 

Payment Date 

Dividend Paid 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

November 6, 2017 

January 29, 2018 

April 30, 2018 

July 30, 2018 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

0.10     November 30, 2017 
0.10    
February 14, 2018 
0.12    
0.12    

August 16, 2018 

May 16, 2018 

Total dividend paid as of September 30, 2018 

November 7, 2016 

January 30, 2017 

May 1, 2017 

July 31, 2017 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Total dividend paid as of October 1, 2017 

0.09     December 1, 2016 
0.09    
February 17, 2017 
0.10    
0.10    

August 17, 2017 

May 18, 2017 

  December 15, 2017 

March 2, 2018 

June 1, 2018 

August 31, 2018 

  December 14, 2016 

March 3, 2017 

June 2, 2017 

  September 1, 2017 

 $ 

 $ 

5,589  
5,583  
6,664  
6,641  
24,477  

5,144  
5,157  
5,738  
5,633  
21,672  

We currently intend to continue paying dividends on a quarterly basis, although the declaration of any future dividends will 
be  determined  by  our  Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  on  available  cash,  estimated  cash  needs,  earnings,  and  capital 
requirements, as well as limitations in our long-term debt agreements. 

Subsequent Event.    On November 5, 2018, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per share 

payable on December 14, 2018 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2018. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

For information regarding our stock-based compensation, see Note 11, "Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation 

Plans" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Graph 

The following graph shows a comparison of our cumulative total returns with those of the NASDAQ Market Index and the 
S&P 1500 Construction and Engineering ("C&E") Index. The graph assumes that the value of an investment in our common stock 
and in each such index was $100 on September 30, 2012, and that all dividends have been reinvested. During fiscal 2018, we 
declared and paid dividends in the first and second quarters totaling $0.20 per share ($0.10 each quarter) on our common stock and 
paid dividends in the third and fourth quarters totaling $0.24 per share ($0.12 each quarter) on our common stock. We declared and 
paid dividends totaling $0.38, $0.34, $0.30 and $0.14 per share in fiscal 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We did not pay 
any dividends prior to fiscal 2014. Our self-selected Peer Group Index is the S&P 1500 Construction and Engineering Index. The 
comparison in the graph below is based on historical data and is not intended to forecast the possible future performance of our 
common stock. 

Tetra Tech, Inc.

NASDAQ Market Index

S&P 1500 C&E Index

$320

$280

$240

$200

$160

$120

$80

$40

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2013 
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2018 

Tetra Tech, Inc. 

NASDAQ Market Index 

S&P 1500 C&E Index 

$ 

2013 
100.00     $ 
100.00  
100.00  

2014 

2015 

97.53     $ 
120.77  
98.32  

97.55     $ 
126.88  
79.44  

2016 
140.48     $ 
145.65  
95.76  

2017 
186.00     $ 
180.15  
107.47  

2018 
275.14  
225.49  
118.14  

The performance graph above and related text are being furnished solely to accompany this annual report on Form 10-K 
pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and are not to be 
incorporated by reference into any of our filings with the SEC, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any 
general incorporation language in such filing. 

Stock Repurchase Program 

On November 7, 2016, our Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up 
to $200 million of our common stock. As of September 30, 2018, we have repurchased through open market purchases a total of 
3,757,966 shares at an average price of $46.57 for a total cost of $175.0 million under this program. These shares were repurchased 
during the period from November 14, 2016 through July 1, 2018. 

Subsequent Event.    On November 5, 2018, the Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program under 
which we could repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock in addition to the $25 million remaining under the previous 
stock repurchase program. 

33 

A summary of the repurchase activity for the 12 months ended September 30, 2018 is as follows: 

Period 

Total 
Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price 
Paid per 
Share 

October 2, 2017 - October 29, 2017 

154,528   $ 

October 30, 2017 - November 26, 2017 

November 27, 2017 - December 31, 2017 

January 1, 2018 - January 28, 2018 

January 29, 2018 - February 25, 2018 

February 26, 2018 - April 1, 2018 

April 2, 2018 - April 29, 2018 

April 30, 2018 - May 27, 2018 

May 28, 2018 - July 1, 2018 

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data 

161,251  

198,897  

139,239  

166,494  

199,624  

143,921  

157,676  

169,939  

48.12    
48.67    
48.86    
49.06    
48.68    
50.41    
50.65    
51.37    
56.56    

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or 
Programs 

Maximum 
Dollar Value 
that May Yet 
be Purchased 
Under the 
Plans or 
Programs 

154,528     $ 
161,251    
198,897    
139,239    
166,494    
199,624    
143,921    
157,676    
169,939    

92,564,290  
84,716,836  
74,999,595  
68,167,968  
60,062,752  
49,999,603  
42,710,331  
34,611,231  
24,999,632  

The  following  selected  financial  data  was  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  selected 
financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in Item 7, "Management's Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto 
contained in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this report. 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

September 27, 
October 2, 
October 1, 
 2017 
 2015 
 2016 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

September 28, 
2014 

Statements of Operations Data 
Revenue 

Income from operations 

$ 

2,964,148     $ 
190,086    

2,753,360     $ 
183,342  

2,583,469     $ 
135,855    

2,299,321     $ 
87,684    

2,483,814  
153,833  

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

136,883 

117,874  

83,783 

39,074 

108,266 

Diluted net income attributable to 
Tetra Tech per share 

Cash dividends paid per share 

Balance Sheet Data 
Total assets 

Long-term debt, net of current portion 

Tetra Tech stockholders' equity 

2.42 
0.44    

2.04  

0.38  

1.42 
0.34    

0.64 
0.30    

1.66 
0.14  

$ 

1,959,421     $ 
264,712    
966,971    

1,902,745     $ 
341,283    
928,453    

1,800,779     $ 
331,501    
869,259    

1,559,242     $ 
180,972    
856,325    

1,776,404  
192,842  
1,012,079  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Part I of this 
report, as well as our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in Item 8. The following analysis contains forward-
looking statements about our future results of operations and expectations. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ 
materially  from  those  described  herein.  See  Part 1,  Item 1A,  "Risk  Factors"  for  a  discussion  of  the  risks,  assumptions,  and 
uncertainties affecting these statements. 

OVERVIEW OF RESULTS AND BUSINESS TRENDS 

General.  In fiscal 2018, our revenue increased 7.7% compared to fiscal 2017. This growth includes $125.0 million of 
revenue from the acquisitions of Glumac and Norman Disney & Young ("NDY"), which were completed in fiscal 2018. In addition, 
in the third quarter of fiscal 2018, we divested our non-core utility field services operations in our CIG segment. Excluding the net 
contribution from these transactions, our revenue increased 3.8% in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. 

U.S. State and Local Government.  Our U.S. state and local government revenue increased 32.9% in fiscal 2018 compared 
to last year. We experienced broad-based growth in our U.S. state and local government project-related infrastructure revenue with 
particularly increased revenue from municipal water infrastructure work in the metropolitan areas of California, Texas, and Florida.  
The  increase  also  includes  higher  revenue  from  disaster  recovery  activities  in  fiscal  2018  compared  to  last  year  due  to  the 
unprecedented number of natural disasters in the United States during 2017. The level of our activities were particularly increased 
by the hurricanes in Florida and Texas, and the fires in California. We expect our U.S. state and local government business to 
continue to grow in fiscal 2019, although at a significantly lower rate than fiscal 2018 as the level of our emergency response 
activities moderates. 

U.S. Federal Government. Our U.S. federal government revenue increased 8.1% in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. 
This growth primarily reflects increased DoD and U.S.  Department of State ("DOS") activities. During periods of economic 
volatility, our U.S. federal government clients have historically been the most stable and predictable. We anticipate continued growth 
in U.S. federal government revenue in fiscal 2019. 

U.S. Commercial.  Our U.S. commercial revenue increased 3.1% in fiscal 2018 compared to last year. Excluding the 
contribution  from  Glumac  and  the  reduction  from  the  divestiture  of  our  non-core  utility  field  services  operations,  our  U.S. 
commercial business decreased 3.5% in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. We expect our U.S. commercial revenue to grow in 
fiscal 2019, adjusted for the impact of the divestiture, primarily due to increased activities for industrial water treatment and 
environmental clean-up programs. 

International.  Our  international  revenue  decreased  0.3%  in  fiscal  2018  compared  to  fiscal  2017.    Excluding  the 
contribution from NDY, our revenue declined 9.0% in fiscal 2018 compared to last year.  The decline reflects our reduced oil and 
gas business, particularly in Western Canada. Excluding these activities and the contribution from NDY, our international revenue 
increased 1.5% due to an improvement in our local water and transportation infrastructure work in Australia, New Zealand, and 
Asia-Pacific, partially offset by weakness in our Canadian markets. We anticipate our total international revenue to grow in fiscal 
2019. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Fiscal 2018 Compared to Fiscal 2017 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1) 

Other costs of revenue 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Income from operations 

Interest expense – net 

Income before income tax expense 

Income tax expense 

Net income 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Diluted earnings per share 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

  October 1, 

 2017 

Change 

$ 

% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,964,148    $ 
(763,414 )  
2,200,734    
(1,816,276 )  
384,458    
(190,120 )  

(4,252 )  
190,086    
(15,524 )  
174,562    
(37,605 )  
136,957    
(74 )  
136,883     $ 
2.42     $ 

($ in thousands) 

2,753,360    $ 
(719,350 )  
2,034,010    
(1,680,372 )  
353,638    
(177,219 )  
6,923    
183,342    
(11,581 )  
171,761    
(53,844 )  
117,917    
(43 )  

117,874    $ 
2.04    $ 

210,788    
(44,064 )  
166,724    
(135,904 )  
30,820    
(12,901 )  

(11,175 )  
6,744    
(3,943 )  
2,801    
16,239    
19,040    
(31 )  
19,009    
0.38    

7.7% 

(6.1) 

8.2 

(8.1) 

8.7 

(7.3) 

NM 

3.7 

(34.0) 

1.6 

30.2 

16.1 

(72.1) 

16.1 

18.6 

(1)  We believe that the presentation of "Revenue, net of subcontractor costs", which is a non-GAAP financial measure, enhances investors' ability 
to analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of 
providing services, we routinely subcontract various services and, under certain USAID programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor 
costs and grants are passed through to our clients and, in accordance with GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is 
our contractual responsibility to procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to 
project  and period  to period,  changes  in  revenue  may  not necessarily  be  indicative  of  our business  trends. Accordingly,  we  segregate 
subcontractor costs from revenue to promote a better understanding of our business by evaluating revenue exclusive of costs associated with 
external service providers. 

NM = not meaningful 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
The following table reconciles our reported results to non-GAAP ongoing results, which exclude the RCM results and 
certain non-operating accounting-related adjustments. Ongoing results also exclude losses from the divestitures of our non-core 
utility field services operations and other non-core assets in fiscal 2018.  In addition, our ongoing results also exclude a reduction of 
revenue of $10.6 million and a related charge to operating income of $12.5 million from a claim settlement in the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2018 for a fixed-price construction project that was completed in fiscal 2014. The effective tax rates applied to the adjustments 
to earnings per share ("EPS") to arrive at ongoing EPS averaged 28% and 33% in fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively. We apply the 
relevant marginal statutory tax rate based on the nature of the adjustments and tax jurisdiction in which they occur. Both EPS and 
ongoing EPS were calculated using diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding for the respective periods as reflected in 
our consolidated statements of income. 

Fiscal Year Ended 

  October 1, 

Change 

Revenue 

RCM 

Claim settlement 

Ongoing revenue 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

RCM 

Claim settlement 

Ongoing revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Non-core divestitures 

Claim settlement 

Contingent consideration - compensation 

Subtotal 

RCM 

Ongoing income from operations 

EPS 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Contingent consideration - compensation 

RCM 

Revaluation of deferred taxes 

Non-core divestitures 

Claim settlement 

Ongoing EPS 

NM = not meaningful 

September 30, 
 2018 
2,964,148     $ 
(14,199 )  
10,576    
2,960,525     $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,200,734     $ 
(2,648 )  
10,576    
2,208,662     $ 

190,086     $ 
4,252    
3,434    
12,457    
1,501    
211,730    
4,573    
216,303     $ 

2.42     $ 
0.06    
0.02    
0.06    
(0.19 )  
0.11    
0.16    
2.64     $ 

 2017 
2,753,360     $ 
(18,207 )  
—    

2,735,153     $ 

2,034,010     $ 

86    
—     $ 
2,034,096     $ 

183,342     $ 
(6,923 )  
—    
—    
—    
176,419    
14,712    
191,131     $ 

2.04     $ 
(0.08 )  
—    
0.17    
—    
—    
—    
2.13     $ 

$ 
210,788    
4,008    
10,576    
225,372    

166,724    
(2,734 )  
10,576    
174,566    

6,744    
11,175    
3,434    
12,457    
1,501    
35,311    
(10,139 )  
25,172    

0.38    
0.14    
0.02    
(0.11 )  

(0.19 )  
0.11    
0.16    
0.51    

% 
7.7% 

NM 

NM 

8.2 

8.2 

NM 

NM 

8.6 

3.7 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

20.0 

NM 

13.2 

18.6 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

23.9 

In fiscal 2018, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $210.8 million, or 7.7%, and $166.7 million, or 
8.2%, respectively, compared to fiscal 2017. Our ongoing revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $225.4 million, 
or 8.2%, and $174.6 million, or 8.6%, respectively, compared to last year. This growth includes contributions from the acquisitions 
of Glumac and NDY, partially offset by the divestiture of our non-core utility field services operations. Excluding the net impact 
from these transactions, our revenue grew $102.6 million, or 3.8%, in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. The growth was due to 
increased state and local government activity led by our disaster recovery projects, as well as our U.S. federal government and 
international  government  business  primarily  in  our  GSG  segment.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  our 
international oil and gas activities in Western Canada in our CIG segment. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
Our operating income increased $6.7 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. The loss from exited construction 
activities in our RCM segment was $4.6 million in fiscal 2018 compared to $14.7 million last year. Our RCM results are described 
below under "Remediation and Construction Management." Additionally, our operating income for fiscal 2018 reflects losses of 
$4.3 million related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities and a related compensation charge of 
$1.5 million. Conversely, our operating income for fiscal 2017 reflects gains of $6.9 million related to changes in the estimated fair 
value of contingent earn-out liabilities. These gains and losses/charges are described below under “Fiscal 2018 and 2017 Earn-Out 
Adjustments.” Our operating income for fiscal 2018 also includes losses of $3.4 million related to the divestitures of our non-core 
utility field services operations and other non-core assets. These losses are reported in selling, general and administrative expenses 
in our consolidated statements of income.  Our fiscal 2018 results also include a reduction of revenue of $10.6 million and a related 
charge to operating income of $12.5 million related to the settlement of a claim in our CIG reportable segment for a fixed-price 
construction project that was completed in fiscal 2014 prior to our decision to exit similar activities in our RCM segment. Although 
this settlement resulted in a charge to operating income in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, we received cash proceeds of $16.1 
million for the related accounts receivable in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. 

Excluding these items, ongoing operating income increased $25.2 million, or 13.2%, in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 
2017.  The increase in our operating income reflects improved results in our GSG segment. GSG's operating income increased $30.0 
million in fiscal 2018 compared to last year. These results are described below under "Government Services Group." 

Interest expense, net was $15.5 million in fiscal 2018 compared to $11.6 million last year. This increase reflects higher 
interest rates (primarily LIBOR) and additional borrowings to fund business growth, including the fiscal 2018 acquisitions, and 
other working capital needs. 

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2018 and 2017 were 21.5% and 31.3%, respectively. The fiscal 2018 tax rate reflects the 
impact of the comprehensive tax legislation enacted by the U.S. government on December 22, 2017, which is commonly referred to 
as the TCJA. The TCJA significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, lowering the U.S. 
corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, while also repealing the deduction for domestic production activities, 
limiting the deductibility of certain executive compensation, and implementing a modified territorial tax system. The TCJA also 
imposes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of historical earnings of foreign subsidiaries. We analyzed this provision of 
the TCJA and our related foreign earnings accumulated under legacy tax laws during fiscal 2018. Based on our analysis of tax 
earnings and profits and tax deficits at the prescribed measurement dates, we have a cumulative net tax deficit and do not believe we 
have any tax liability related to this tax. As we have a September 30 fiscal year-end, our U.S. federal corporate income tax rate was 
blended in fiscal 2018, resulting in a statutory federal rate of approximately 24.5% (3 months at 35% and 9 months at 21%), and will 
be 21% for subsequent fiscal years. 

GAAP requires that the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the tax law was enacted.  As a result 
of the TCJA, we reduced our deferred tax liabilities and recorded a one-time deferred tax benefit of approximately $14.7 million in 
fiscal 2018 to reflect our estimate of temporary differences in the United States that will be recovered or settled in fiscal 2018 based 
on the 24.5% blended corporate tax rate or based on the 21% tax rate in fiscal 2019 and beyond versus the previous enacted 35% 
corporate tax rate. In fiscal 2018, we recognized other non-recurring adjustments to our deferred tax assets and liabilities that 
resulted in a net deferred tax expense of $3.6 million.  Excluding these net deferred tax benefits, our effective tax rate in fiscal 2018 
was 27.9%. 

The fiscal 2018 divestitures of our non-core utility field services operations and other non-core assets resulted in a pre-tax 
loss of $3.4 million and incremental tax expense of $2.6 million due to a book/tax basis difference primarily related to the $12.2 
million of associated goodwill. In fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, the Internal Revenue Service concluded their examinations through 
fiscal 2016 and other state and international examinations were also completed. As a result, we recognized a net $1.6 million tax 
expense in fiscal 2018 and a $1.1 million tax expense in fiscal 2017. Excluding these discrete amounts from both periods and the 
one-time impacts of the TCJA, the effective tax rates for fiscal 2018 and 2017 were 25.1% and 30.7%, respectively. 

Our EPS was $2.42 in fiscal 2018, compared to $2.04 in fiscal 2017. On the same basis as our ongoing operating income, 

EPS was $2.64 in fiscal 2018, compared to $2.13 last year. 

Segment Results of Operations 

Beginning in fiscal 2018, we aligned our operations to better serve our clients and markets, resulting in two renamed 
reportable segments. Our GSG reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. government clients (federal, state and 
local) and activities with development agencies worldwide. Our CIG reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. 
commercial clients and international activities other than work for development agencies. This alignment allows us to capitalize on 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
our growing market opportunities and enhance the development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to meet our growing 
client demand. We continue to report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM segment. 

Government Services Group ("GSG") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

  October 1, 

 2017 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,694,871     $ 
(482,537 )  
1,212,334     $ 

1,487,611    $ 
(420,453 )  
1,067,158    $ 

207,260    
(62,084 )  
145,176    

13.9% 

(14.8) 

13.6 

168,211     $ 

138,199    $ 

30,012    

21.7 

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $207.3 million, or 13.9%, and $145.2 million, or 13.6%, 
respectively, compared to fiscal 2017. These increases include the aforementioned contribution from our Glumac acquisition. 
Excluding this contribution, our revenue increased 9.8% in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. This increase reflects broad-based 
revenue growth in our U.S. state and local government project-related infrastructure revenue with particularly increased revenue 
from municipal water infrastructure work in the metropolitan areas of California, Texas, and Florida. The increase also includes 
higher revenue from disaster recovery activities in fiscal 2018 compared to last year due to the unprecedented number of natural 
disasters in the United States during 2017. The level of our activities were particularly increased by the hurricanes in Florida and 
Texas, and the fires in California. Our U.S. state and local government revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased 
$114.9 million and $68.7 million, respectively, in fiscal 2018 compared to last year.  To a lesser extent, our U.S. federal business 
also improved compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to an increase in environmental work for the DoD, and DOS. Operating 
income increased $30.0 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, reflecting the higher revenue. In addition, our operating 
margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, improved to 13.9% in fiscal 2018 from 13.0% in fiscal 2017. This increase in 
profitability primarily reflects increasing revenue and improved utilization of resources. 

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

  October 1, 
 2017 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,323,142    $ 
(337,390 )  
985,752    $ 

1,326,020    $ 
(359,082 )  
966,938    $ 

(2,878 )  
21,692    
18,814    

(0.2)% 

6.0 

1.9 

74,451    $ 

90,817    $ 

(16,366 )  

(18.0) 

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, decreased $2.9 million, or 0.2%, and increased $18.8 million, or 1.9%, 
respectively, in  fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. These amounts include the aforementioned contribution  from our NDY 
acquisition. In addition, these year-over-year comparisons were impacted by the divestiture of our non-core utility field services 
operations in fiscal 2018 and the reduction of revenue of $10.6 million from the settlement of the claim in the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2018 for a fixed-price construction project that was completed in fiscal 2014. Excluding the net impact of the acquisition/divestiture 
and the claim adjustment, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs decreased 3.1% and 2.4%, respectively, in fiscal 2018 
compared to last year. These results primarily reflect lower oil and gas revenue in Western Canada, which declined $75.6 million in 
fiscal 2018 compared to last year. Operating income decreased $16.4 million, or, 18.0%, in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 
primarily due to the $12.5 million charge for the claim settlement in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018 for the fixed-price construction 
project that was completed in fiscal 2014.  Excluding this charge, operating income declined 4.3% in fiscal 2018 compared to last 
year reflecting the lower revenue. In addition, our operating margin, based on revenue, net of subcontractor costs, declined to 7.6% 
in fiscal 2018 from 9.4% in fiscal 2017 reflecting the claim settlement in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Loss from operations 

NM = not meaningful 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

  October 1, 

 2017 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

14,199    $ 
(11,551 )  

2,648    $ 

18,207    $ 
(18,293 )  

(86 )  $ 

(4,573 )  $ 

(14,712 )  $ 

(4,008 )  
6,742    
2,734    

10,139    

(22.0)% 

36.9 

NM 

68.9 

Revenue decreased $4.0 million and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $2.7 million in fiscal 2018 compared to 
fiscal 2017. The operating loss in fiscal 2018 primarily reflects legal costs related to outstanding claims. In fiscal 2017, we updated 
our evaluation of unsettled claims and recognized a reduction in revenue of $4.9 million and a related loss in operating income of 
$3.6 million. We also recognized unfavorable operating income adjustments of $5.7 million related to our updated estimate of the 
costs to complete fixed-price construction projects in fiscal 2017.  The remaining loss in fiscal 2017 primarily reflect legal costs 
related to outstanding claims. 

Fiscal 2018 and 2017 Earn-Out Adjustments 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value 
could differ materially from the initial estimates. In fiscal 2018, we recorded adjustments to our contingent earn-out liabilities and 
reported related  losses  in  operating  income  of  $4.3  million. These  losses  resulted  from  updated  valuations  of  the  contingent 
consideration liabilities for NDY, Eco Logical Australia ("ELA") and Cornerstone Environmental Group ("CEG"). These valuations 
included our updated projections of NDY's, ELA's, and CEG's financial performance during the earn-out periods, which exceeded 
our original estimates at their respective acquisition dates. In addition, in fiscal 2018 we recognized a charge of $1.5 million that 
related to the earn-out for Glumac but was treated as compensation in selling, general and administrative expenses due to the terms 
of the arrangement, which included an on-going service requirement for a portion of the earn-out. 

During fiscal 2017, we recorded updated valuations to our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported net gains in operating 
income totaling $6.9 million. The fiscal 2017 gains primarily resulted from updated valuations of the contingent consideration 
liabilities for INDUS Corporation ("INDUS") and CEG, which are both part of our GSG segment. 

At September 30, 2018, there was a total potential maximum of $50.6 million of outstanding contingent consideration 
related to acquisitions.  Of this amount, $35.3 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016 

Consolidated Results of Operations 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1) 

Other costs of revenue 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Acquisition and integration expenses 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Income from operations 

Interest expense – net 

Income before income tax expense 

Income tax expense 

Net income 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Diluted earnings per share 

Fiscal Year Ended 

October 1, 
 2017 

  October 2, 

 2016 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,753,360    $ 
(719,350 )  
2,034,010    
(1,680,372 )  
353,638    
(177,219 )  
—    
6,923    
183,342    
(11,581 )  
171,761    
(53,844 )  
117,917    
(43 )  
117,874     $ 
2.04     $ 

2,583,469    $ 
(654,264 )  
1,929,205    
(1,598,994 )  
330,211    
(171,985 )  

(19,548 )  

(2,823 )  
135,855    
(11,389 )  
124,466    
(40,613 )  
83,853    
(70 )  
83,783    $ 
1.42    $ 

169,891    
(65,086 )  
104,805    
(81,378 )  
23,427    
(5,234 )  
19,548    
9,746    
47,487    
(192 )  
47,295    
(13,231 )  
34,064    
27    
34,091    
0.62    

6.6% 

(9.9) 

5.4 

(5.1) 

7.1 

(3.0) 

NM 

NM 

35.0 

(1.7) 

38.0 

(32.6) 

40.6 

38.6 

40.7 

43.7 

(1)  We believe that the presentation of "Revenue, net of subcontractor costs", which is a non-GAAP financial measure, enhances investors' ability 
to analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the course of 
providing services, we routinely subcontract various services and, under certain USAID programs, issue grants. Generally, these subcontractor 
costs and grants are passed through to our clients and, in accordance with GAAP and industry practice, are included in our revenue when it is 
our contractual responsibility to procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary significantly from project to 
project  and period  to period,  changes  in  revenue  may  not necessarily  be  indicative  of  our business  trends. Accordingly,  we  segregate 
subcontractor costs from revenue to promote a better understanding of our business by evaluating revenue exclusive of costs associated with 
external service providers. 

NM = not meaningful 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
The following table reconciles our reported results to non-GAAP ongoing results, which exclude the RCM results and 
certain purchase accounting-related adjustments. Ongoing results also exclude acquisition and integration expenses, and debt pre-
payment fees in fiscal 2016.  Additionally, ongoing EPS for fiscal 2016 excludes the benefit of the retroactive extension of the 
research and development ("R&D") credit described below. The effective tax rates applied to the adjustments to EPS to arrive at 
ongoing EPS averaged 33% and 25% in fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively. We apply the relevant marginal statutory tax rate based 
on the nature of the adjustments and tax jurisdiction in which they occur. In fiscal 2016, this average rate was lower than our overall 
effective tax rate due to certain acquisition and integration expenses, which had no tax benefit. Both EPS and ongoing EPS were 
calculated using diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding for the respective years as reflected in our consolidated 
statements of income. 

Fiscal Year Ended 

Revenue 

RCM 

Ongoing revenue 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

RCM 

Ongoing revenue, net of subcontractors costs 

Income from operations 

Acquisition and integration expenses 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Subtotal 

RCM 

Ongoing income from operations 

EPS 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

RCM 

Acquisition and integration expenses 

Coffey debt prepayment 

Retroactive R&D tax 

Ongoing EPS 

NM = not meaningful 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  October 2, 

Change 

October 1, 
 2017 
2,753,360     $ 
(18,207 )  
2,735,153     $ 

2,034,010     $ 

86    

2,034,096     $ 

183,342     $ 

—    
(6,923 )  
176,419    
14,712    
191,131     $ 

2.04     $ 
(0.08 )  
0.17    
—    
—    
—    
2.13     $ 

 2016 
2,583,469     $ 
(52,150 )  
2,531,319     $ 

1,929,205     $ 
(17,267 )  
1,911,938     $ 

135,855     $ 
19,548    
2,823    
158,226    
11,834    
170,060     $ 

1.42     $ 
0.03    
0.14    
0.29    
0.03    
(0.03 )  
1.88     $ 

$ 
169,891    
33,943    
203,834    

104,805    
17,353    
122,158    

47,487    
(19,548 )  

(9,746 )  
18,193    
2,878    
21,071    

0.62    
(0.11 )  
0.03    
(0.29 )  

(0.03 )  
0.03    
0.25    

% 
6.6% 

NM 

8.1 

5.4 

NM 

6.4 

35.0 

NM 

NM 

11.5 

NM 

12.4 

43.7 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

NM 

13.3 

In fiscal 2017, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $169.9 million, or 6.6%, and $104.8 million, or 
5.4%, respectively, compared to fiscal 2016. The year-over-year comparisons reflect a reduction in certain construction activities 
resulting from our decision to exit from select fixed-price construction markets, which are reported in the RCM segment. Revenue 
and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, from these construction activities declined $33.9 million and $17.4 million, respectively, in 
fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016.  In fiscal 2017, our ongoing revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $203.8 
million, or 8.1%, and $122.2 million, or 6.4%, compared to fiscal 2016. These increases include first half contributions from 
acquisitions of Coffey International Limited ("Coffey") and INDUS that were completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2016. 
Together, these acquisitions contributed revenue of $213.4 million and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, of $154.4 million in the 
first six months of fiscal 2017 compared to revenue of $94.3 million and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, of $71.0 million in the 
first six months of fiscal 2016. Excluding these first half contributions, our ongoing revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, 
increased 3.5% and 2.1%, respectively, in fiscal 2017 compared to the same period in fiscal 2016. These results reflect increased 
U.S. federal and U.S. state and local government activity partially offset by a decline in our oil and gas activities in North America, 
particularly in Canada. 

Our operating income increased $47.5 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. The loss from exited construction 
activities in our RCM segment was $14.7 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $11.8 million in fiscal 2016. Our RCM results are 
described below  under  “Remediation and Construction Management.” Additionally, our operating income in fiscal 2016 was 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
reduced  by  acquisition  and  integration  expenses  of  $19.5  million  related  to  the  acquisition  of  Coffey.  For  further  detailed 
information regarding these expenses, see "Fiscal 2016 Acquisition and Integration Expenses" below. Also, our operating income for 
fiscal 2017 reflects gains of $6.9 million related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities. Conversely, 
our operating income for fiscal 2016 reflects losses of $2.8 million related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-
out liabilities. These gains and losses are described below under “Fiscal 2017 and 2016 Earn-Out Adjustments.” 

Excluding these items, ongoing operating income increased $21.1 million, or 12.4%, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 
2016. The increase in our ongoing operating income primarily reflects improved results in our GSG segment. GSG operating income 
increased $36.6 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. These results are described below under “Government Services 
Group.” 

Interest expense, net was $11.6 million in fiscal 2017, compared to $11.4 million in fiscal 2016. Interest expense in the 
second quarter of fiscal 2016 included debt pre-payment fees of $1.9 million related to the Coffey acquisition. Excluding this item, 
interest expense, net increased $2.1 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. This increase reflects higher interest rates 
(primarily LIBOR), and additional borrowings to fund the Coffey acquisition and other working capital needs. 

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2017 and 2016 were 31.3% and 32.6%, respectively. During fiscal 2017, we adopted 
accounting guidance which requires excess tax benefits and deficiencies on share-based payments to be recorded as an income tax 
benefit or expense, respectively, in the statement of income rather than being recorded in additional paid-in capital on the balance 
sheet. As a result, we recognized an income tax benefit of $4.9 million in fiscal 2017. Excluding this item, the effective tax rate for 
fiscal 2017 was 34.2%. In fiscal 2016, we incurred $13.3 million of acquisition and integration expenses and debt pre-payment fees 
for  which  no  tax  benefit  was  recognized.  Of  this  amount,  $6.4  million  resulted  from  acquisition  expenses  that  were  not  tax 
deductible and $6.9 million resulted from integration expenses and debt pre-payment fees incurred in jurisdictions with current and 
historical net operating losses where the related deferred tax asset was fully reserved. Additionally, during the first quarter of fiscal 
2016, the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 was signed into law which permanently extended the R&D credit 
retroactive to January 1, 2015. Our income tax expense for fiscal 2016 included an income tax benefit of $2.0 million attributable to 
operating income during the last nine months of fiscal 2015, primarily related to the retroactive recognition of the R&D credit. 
Excluding these discrete items, the effective tax rate for fiscal 2016 was 30.9%. 

EPS was $2.04 in fiscal 2017, compared to $1.42 in fiscal 2016. This increase includes the acquisition and integration 
expenses and debt pre-payment fees of $21.5 million ($19.0 million after tax) in fiscal 2016. These charges reduced EPS by $0.32 
per share in fiscal 2016. The other non-operating items described above (RCM segment results and earn-out gains/losses) also 
affected the year-over-year comparisons. On the same basis as our ongoing operating income, EPS was $2.13 in fiscal 2017, 
compared to $1.88 in fiscal 2016. 

Fiscal 2016 Acquisition and Integration Expenses 

In fiscal 2016, we incurred Coffey-related acquisition and integration expenses of $19.5 million. The $7.9 million of 
acquisition expenses were primarily for professional services, such as legal and investment banking, to support the transaction. 
Throughout the remainder of fiscal 2016 subsequent to the acquisition date, we incurred costs of $11.6 million on integration 
activities, including the elimination of redundant general and administrative costs, real estate consolidation, and conversion of 
information technology platforms. As of October 2, 2016, all of these activities were substantially complete and all of the related 
costs had been paid. 

Fiscal 2017 and 2016 Earn-Out Adjustments 

During fiscal 2017, we recorded updated valuations to our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported related net gains in 
operating  income  totaling  $6.9  million.  The  fiscal  2017  gains  primarily  resulted  from  updated  valuations  of  the  contingent 
consideration liabilities for INDUS and CEG, which are both part of our GSG segment. 

INDUS’ actual financial performance in the first earn-out period was profitable, but below our original expectations at the 
acquisition date. As a result, in the second quarter of fiscal 2017, we evaluated our estimate of INDUS’ contingent consideration 
liability for both earn-out periods. This assessment included a review of INDUS’ financial results in the first earn-out period, the 
status of ongoing projects in INDUS’ backlog, and the inventory of prospective new contract awards. As a result of this assessment, 
we concluded that INDUS’ operating income in both the first and second earn-out periods would be lower than the minimum 
requirements of $3.2 million and $3.6 million, respectively, to earn any contingent consideration. Accordingly, in the second quarter 
of fiscal 2017, we reduced INDUS’ contingent earn-out liability to $0, which resulted in a gain of $5.0 million. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, we recorded an increase in our contingent earn-out liabilities and related losses in 
operating income of $1.8 million, which primarily reflected our updated valuation of the contingent consideration liability for CEG. 

Segment Results of Operations 

Government Services Group ("GSG") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

October 1, 
 2017 

  October 2, 

 2016 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,487,611     $ 
(420,453 )  
1,067,158     $ 

1,289,506    $ 
(338,476 )  
951,030    $ 

198,105    
(81,977 )  
116,128    

15.4% 

(24.2) 

12.2 

138,199     $ 

101,595    $ 

36,604    

36.0 

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $198.1 million, or 15.4%, and $116.1 million, or 12.2%, in 
fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. These increases include contributions from Coffey's international development projects and 
INDUS' projects of $144.9 million of revenue and $94.8 million of revenue, net of subcontractor costs, in the first six months of 
fiscal 2017, compared to $57.2 million and $29.7 million, respectively, in the first half of fiscal 2016.  Excluding the contributions 
from  Coffey  and  INDUS,  our  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $98.8  million  and  $62.7  million, 
respectively, in fiscal 2017 compared to the fiscal 2016. These increases reflect broad-based revenue growth in our U.S. state and 
local  government  project-related  infrastructure  business.  Our  U.S.  state  and  local  government  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of 
subcontractor costs, increased $66.1 million and $46.1 million, respectively, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. Our U.S. federal 
business also improved compared to fiscal 2016, primarily due to an increase in work for DoD. Operating income increased $36.6 
million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016, reflecting the higher revenue. In addition, our operating margin, based on revenue, 
net of subcontractor costs, improved to 13.0% in fiscal 2017 from 10.7% in fiscal 2016. 

Commercial/International Services Group ("CIG") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Income from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

October 1, 
 2017 

  October 2, 
 2016 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,326,020    $ 
(359,082 )  
966,938    $ 

1,297,209    $ 
(336,301 )  
960,908    $ 

28,811    
(22,781 )  
6,030    

2.2% 

(6.8) 

0.6 

90,817    $ 

106,602    $ 

(15,785 )  

(14.8) 

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $28.8 million and $6.0 million, respectively, compared to fiscal 
2016. These increases include Coffey contributions of $68.6 million of revenue and $59.7 million of revenue, net of subcontractor 
costs, in the first six months of fiscal 2017, compared to $37.1 million and $32.3 million, respectively, in the first half of fiscal 2016. 
Excluding the Coffey contributions, our revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $7.0 million and decreased $10.4 
million, respectively, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. The reduction in revenue, net of subcontractor costs reflect a reduction 
in oil and gas activity in North America, particularly in Canada. Operating income decreased $15.8 million in fiscal 2017 compared 
to fiscal 2016. This decrease also reflects the reduction in oil and gas activity. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs 

Loss from operations 

Fiscal Year Ended 

October 1, 
 2017 

  October 2, 

 2016 

Change 

$ 

% 

($ in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

18,207    $ 
(18,293 )  

(86 )  $ 

52,150    $ 
(34,883 )  
17,267    $ 

(33,943 )  
16,590    
(17,353 )  

(65.1)% 

47.6 

(100.5) 

(14,712 )  $ 

(11,834 )  $ 

(2,878 )  

(24.3) 

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, decreased $33.9 million and $17.4 million, respectively, in fiscal 2017 
compared to fiscal 2016. These decreases primarily resulted from our decision at the end of fiscal 2014 to wind-down the RCM 
construction activities. In addition, in fiscal 2017, we updated our evaluation of unsettled claims and recognized a reduction in 
revenue of $4.9 million and a related loss in operating income of $3.6 million. In fiscal 2017, we also recognized unfavorable 
operating income adjustments of $5.7 million related to our updated estimate of the costs to complete fixed-price construction 
projects. The remaining loss in fiscal 2017 primarily reflects legal costs related to outstanding claims. The operating loss in fiscal 
2016 resulted from adverse changes in the estimated costs to complete several projects and legal expenses to resolve various 
outstanding project claims. In addition, the fiscal 2016 operating loss of $11.8 million includes $7.9 million of losses related to 
uncollectible accounts receivable, including claims. This loss was partially offset by a gain of $4.6 million resulting from the 
settlement of a claim with a U.S. federal government client for work completed in fiscal 2013. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Capital Requirements. Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations and borrowings under our credit 
facilities.  Our  primary  uses  of  cash  are  to  fund  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  stock  repurchases,  cash  dividends  and 
repayment of debt, as well as to fund acquisitions and earn-out obligations from prior acquisitions. We believe that our existing cash 
and cash equivalents, operating cash flows and borrowing capacity under our credit agreement, as described below, will be sufficient 
to meet our capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. On November 7, 2016, the Board of Directors authorized a stock 
repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock, of which $175 million has been 
repurchased as of September 30, 2018. We declared and paid common stock dividends totaling $24.5 million, or $0.44 per share, in 
fiscal 2018 compared to $21.7 million, or $0.38 per share, in fiscal 2017. 

Subsequent Event.   On November 5, 2018, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per share 
payable on December 14, 2018 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2018. The Board also 
authorized a new stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock in addition to 
the $25 million remaining under the previous stock repurchase program. 

We use a variety of tax planning and financing strategies to manage our worldwide cash and deploy funds to locations 
where  they  are  needed.  Historically,  we  indefinitely  reinvested  our  foreign  earnings,  and  did  not  need  to  repatriate  these 
earnings. However, in fiscal 2018, we evaluated our global tax planning and financing strategies as a result of the recent changes in 
U.S. tax law.  As a result, we completed a one-time repatriation of a portion of our foreign earnings totaling approximately $117 
million in fiscal 2018. We paid down debt in the U.S. with most of these funds during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. This 
transaction resulted in an immaterial net repatriation tax on a global basis. At September 30, 2018, undistributed earnings of our 
foreign  subsidiaries,  primarily  in  Canada,  amounting  to  approximately  $11.8  million,  which  are  expected  to  be  permanently 
reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for foreign withholding taxes has been made. Upon distribution of those earnings, we would 
be subject to foreign withholding taxes. Assuming the permanently reinvested foreign earnings were repatriated under the laws and 
rates  applicable  at  September 30,  2018,  the  incremental  foreign  withholding  taxes  applicable  to  those  earnings  would  be 
approximately $1.0 million. We have no need or plans to repatriate additional foreign earnings in the foreseeable future. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents.  As of September 30, 2018, cash and cash equivalents were $146.2 million, a decrease of 
$43.8 million compared to the fiscal 2017 year-end. The decrease was due to payments for the acquisitions of Glumac and NDY, 
stock repurchases, dividends, net repayments on long-term debt and capital expenditures. The decrease was partially offset by cash 
generated from operating activities, proceeds from divestitures of non-core operations, and net proceeds from the issuance of 
common stock. 

Operating Activities.  For fiscal 2018, net cash provided by operating activities was $176.9 million compared to $138.0 
million  in  fiscal  2017. The  fiscal  2018  and 2017  amounts  were  lowered  by  payments  to  tax  authorities  related  to  completed 
examinations totaling $7.6 million and $21.5 million, respectively, which was accrued in prior years. Excluding these items, net cash 
provided by operating activities increased $25.0 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, primarily due to higher ongoing 
income from operations, as well as collections from projects with milestone payment schedules. 

Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was $42.6 million in fiscal 2018, an increase of $25.7 million 
compared to last year, primarily due to the acquisitions of Glumac and NDY, partially offset by the proceeds from the divestitures of 
our non-core utility field service operations. 

Financing Activities.  For fiscal 2018, net cash used in financing activities was $173.1 million, an increase of $78.3 million 
compared to fiscal 2017. The increase in cash used was primarily due to higher net repayments of long-term debt of $93.6 million, 
partially offset by a $25.0 million reduction stock repurchases in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. 

 Debt Financing.  On July 30, 2018, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Amended Credit 
Agreement”) that will mature in July 2023 with a total borrowing capacity of $1 billion. The Amended Credit Agreement is a $700 
million senior secured, five-year facility that provides for a $250 million term loan facility (the “Amended Term Loan Facility”) and 
a $450 million revolving credit facility (the “Amended Revolving Credit Facility”). In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement 
includes a $300 million accordion feature that allows us to increase the Amended Credit Agreement to $1 billion subject to lender 
approval. The Amended Credit Agreement allows us to, among other things, (i) refinance indebtedness under our Credit Agreement 
dated as of May 7, 2013; (ii) finance certain permitted open market repurchases of the our common stock, permitted acquisitions, 
and cash dividends and distributions; and (iii) utilize the proceeds for working capital, capital expenditures and other general 
corporate purposes. The Amended Revolving Credit Facility includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of 
credit, a $20 million sublimit for swingline loans, and a $200 million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit. 

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on July 30, 2018. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to 
quarterly amortization of principal at 5% annually beginning December 31, 2018. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% per annum, or (b) a 
base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or the 
Eurocurrency rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.75% per annum. In each case, the applicable margin is based 
on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to the same interest rate 
provisions. The Amended Credit Agreement expires on July 30, 2023, or earlier at our discretion upon payment in full of loans and 
other obligations. 

At September 30, 2018, we had $277.1 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was comprised of $250 million under the Term Loan Facility and $27.1 million under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility at a 
weighted-average interest rate of 3.27% per annum. In addition, we had $0.9 million in standby letters of credit under the Amended 
Credit Agreement. Our average effective weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding at September 30, 2018 under the 
Amended Credit Agreement, including the effects of interest rate swap agreements was 3.28%. At September 30, 2018, we had 
$422.0 million of available credit under the Amended Revolving Credit Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation 
of our debt covenants.  Commitment fees related to our revolving credit facilities were $0.6 million, $0.8 million, and $0.9 million 
for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

The Amended Credit Agreement contains certain affirmative and restrictive covenants, and customary events of default. 
The financial covenants provide for a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (total funded debt/EBITDA, as defined 
in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (EBITDA/Consolidated 
Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the Amended  Credit Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the Amended  Credit Agreement  are 
guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) the equity interests of certain of our 
subsidiaries, including those subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers under the Amended Credit Agreement, and (ii) the 
accounts receivable, general intangibles and intercompany loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers. 

At September 30, 2018, we were in compliance with these covenants with a consolidated leverage ratio of 1.23x and a 
consolidated interest coverage ratio of 15.42x. Our obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of 
our subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) the equity interests of certain of our subsidiaries, including those 
subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers under the Amended Credit Agreement, and (ii) our accounts receivable, general 
intangibles and intercompany loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers. 

In addition to the credit facility, we entered into agreements to issue standby letters of credit. The aggregate amount of 
standby letters of credit outstanding under these additional agreements and other bank guarantees was $29.8 million, of which $4.3 
million was issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

We maintain at our Australian subsidiary an AUD$30 million credit facility, which may be used for bank overdrafts, short-
term cash advances and bank guarantees. This facility expires in March 2019 and is secured by a parent guarantee. At September 30, 
2018, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility and bank guarantees outstanding of $7.1 million, which were issued 
in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

Inflation.  We believe our operations have not been, and, in the foreseeable future, are not expected to be, materially 
adversely affected by inflation or changing prices due to the average duration of our projects and our ability to negotiate prices as 
contracts end and new contracts begin. 

Dividends.  Our Board of Directors has authorized the following dividends: 

Declaration Date 

November 6, 2017 

January 29, 2018 

April 30, 2018 

July 30, 2018 

November 5, 2018 

Dividend 
Per Share 

Record Date 

Total 
Maximum 
Payment 

  Payment Date 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

0.10     November 30, 2017    $ 
0.10     February 14, 2018    $ 
0.12     May 16, 2018 
  $ 
0.12     August 16, 2018 
0.12     November 30, 2018   

  $ 

5,589     December 15, 2017 
5,583     March 2, 2018 
6,664    
June 1, 2018 
6,641     August 31, 2018 
N/A   December 14, 2018 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations.  The following sets forth our contractual obligations at September 30, 2018: 

Debt: 

Credit facility 

Other debt 

Interest (1) 

Capital leases 

Operating leases (2) 

Contingent earn-outs (3) 

Deferred compensation liability 

Unrecognized tax benefits (4) 

Total 

Total 

Year 1 

  Years 2 - 3 
(in thousands) 

  Years 4 - 5 

Beyond 

  $ 

  $ 

277,127     $ 

7    
44,569    
177    
262,741    
35,290    
30,210    
9,427    
659,548    $ 

12,500    $ 
7    
10,062    
92    
84,442    
13,633    
—    
3,577    
124,313    $ 

25,000    $ 
—    
18,885    
85    
111,122    
21,657    
—    
4,120    
180,869    $ 

239,627     $ 

—    
15,622    
—    
48,924    
—    
—    
1,730    
305,903    $ 

—  
—  
—  
—  
18,253  
—  
30,210  
—  
48,463  

(1) 

Interest primarily related to the Term Loan Facility is based on a weighted-average interest rate at September 30, 2018, on borrowings that are 
presently outstanding. 

(2)  Predominantly represents real estate leases. 
(3)  Represents the estimated fair value recorded for contingent earn-out obligations for acquisitions. The remaining maximum contingent earn-

out obligations for these acquisitions total $50.6 million. 

(4)  Represents liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions, excluding amounts related primarily to outstanding 
refund claims. We are unable to reasonably predict the timing of tax settlements, as tax audits can involve complex issues and the resolution 
of those issues may span multiple years, particularly if subject to negotiation or litigation. For more information, see Note 8, "Income Taxes" 
of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Income Taxes 

We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets by assessing the valuation allowance and adjust the allowance, if 
necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and available tax 
planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. The ability or failure to achieve the forecasted 
taxable income in the applicable taxing jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets. Based on future 
operating results in certain jurisdictions, it is possible that the current valuation allowance positions of those jurisdictions could be 
adjusted in the next 12 months. 

As of September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was 

$9.4 million and $6.0 million, respectively. 

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of our unrecognized tax 

positions may significantly decrease within the next 12 months. These changes would be the result of ongoing examinations. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

In the ordinary course of business, we may use off-balance sheet arrangements if we believe that such arrangements would 
be an efficient way to lower our cost of capital or help us manage the overall risks of our business operations. We do not believe that 
such arrangements have had a material adverse effect on our financial position or our results of operations. 

The following is a summary of our off-balance sheet arrangements: 

•  

Letters of credit and bank guarantees are used primarily to support project performance and insurance programs. We 
are required to reimburse the issuers of letters of credit and bank guarantees for any payments they make under the 
outstanding letters of credit or bank guarantees. Our Amended Credit Agreement and additional letter of credit 
facilities cover the issuance of our standby letters of credit and bank guarantees and are critical for our normal 
operations. If we default on the Amended Credit Agreement or additional credit facilities, our inability to issue or 
renew standby letters of credit and bank guarantees would impair our ability to maintain normal operations. At 
September  30,  2018,  we  had  $0.9  million  in  standby  letters  of  credit  outstanding  under  our Amended  Credit 
Agreement, $29.8 million in standby letters of credit outstanding under our additional letter of credit facilities and 
$7.1 million of bank guarantees under our Australian facility. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
   
 
 
 
•  

•  

From time to time, we provide guarantees and indemnifications related to our services. If our services under a 
guaranteed  or  indemnified  project  are  later  determined  to have  resulted  in  a  material  defect  or  other  material 
deficiency, then we may be responsible for monetary damages or other legal remedies. When sufficient information 
about claims on guaranteed or indemnified projects is available and monetary damages or other costs or losses are 
determined to be probable, we recognize such guaranteed losses. 

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various agreements as part of certain unconsolidated subsidiaries, 
joint ventures, and other jointly executed contracts where we are jointly and severally liable. We enter into these 
agreements primarily to support the project execution commitments of these entities. The potential payment amount 
of an outstanding performance guarantee is typically the remaining cost of work to be performed by or on behalf of 
third parties under engineering and construction contracts. However, we are not able to estimate other amounts that 
may be required to be paid in excess of estimated costs to complete contracts and, accordingly, the total potential 
payment  amount  under  our  outstanding  performance  guarantees  cannot  be  estimated.  For  cost-plus  contracts, 
amounts that may become payable pursuant to guarantee provisions are normally recoverable from the client for 
work performed under the contract. For lump sum or fixed-price contracts, this amount is the cost to complete the 
contracted work less amounts remaining to be billed to the client under the contract. Remaining billable amounts 
could be greater or less than the cost to complete. In those cases where costs exceed the remaining amounts payable 
under the contract, we may have recourse to third parties, such as owners, co-venturers, subcontractors or vendors, 
for claims. 

•  

In the ordinary course of business, our clients may request that we obtain surety bonds in connection with contract 
performance obligations that are not required to be recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. We are obligated to 
reimburse the issuer of our surety bonds for any payments made thereunder. Each of our commitments under 
performance bonds generally ends concurrently with the expiration of our related contractual obligation. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES 

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions 
in  the  application  of  certain  accounting  policies  that  affect  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
accompanying footnotes included in Item 8 of this report. In order to understand better the changes that may occur to our financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows, readers should be aware of the critical accounting policies we apply and estimates 
we use in preparing our consolidated financial statements. Although such estimates and assumptions are based on management's best 
knowledge of current events and actions we may undertake in the future, actual results could differ materially from those estimates. 

Our significant accounting policies are described in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 
Highlighted below are the accounting policies that management considers most critical to investors' understanding of our financial 
results and condition, and that require complex judgments by management. 

Revenue Recognition and Contract Costs 

We recognize revenue for most of our contracts using the percentage-of-completion method, primarily based on contract 
costs incurred to date compared to total estimated contract costs. We generally utilize the cost-to-cost approach to estimate the 
progress  towards  completion  in  order  to  determine  the  amount  of  revenue  and  profit  to  recognize.  This  method  of  revenue 
recognition requires us to prepare estimates of costs to complete contracts in progress. In making such estimates, judgments are 
required to evaluate contingencies such as potential variances in schedule; the cost of materials and labor productivity; and the 
impact of change orders, liability claims, contract disputes and achievement of contractual performance standards. Changes in total 
estimated contract cost and losses, if any, could materially impact our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

We recognize revenue for work performed under three major types of contracts: fixed-price, time-and-materials and cost-

plus. 

Fixed-Price.    Under fixed-price contracts, our clients pay us an agreed fixed-amount negotiated in advance for a specified 
scope of work. We generally recognize revenue on fixed-price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. If the nature or 
circumstances of the contract prevent us from preparing a reliable estimate at completion, we will delay profit recognition until 
adequate information about the contract's progress becomes available. 

Time-and-Materials.    Under time-and-materials contracts, we negotiate hourly billing rates and charge our clients based 
on the actual time that we spend on a project. In addition, clients reimburse us for our actual out-of-pocket costs of materials and 
other direct incidental expenditures that we incur in connection with our performance under the contract. The majority of our time-
and-material  contracts  are  subject  to  maximum  contract  values  and,  accordingly,  revenue  under  these  contracts  is  generally 
recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. However, time and materials contracts that are service-related contracts are 
accounted for utilizing the proportional performance method. Revenue on contracts that are not subject to maximum contract values 
is recognized based on the actual number of hours we spend on the projects plus any actual out-of-pocket costs of materials and 

49 

 
other direct incidental expenditures that we incur on the projects. Our time-and-materials contracts also generally include annual 
billing rate adjustment provisions. 

Cost-Plus.    Under  cost-plus  contracts,  we  are  reimbursed  for  allowable  or  otherwise  defined  costs  incurred  plus  a 
negotiated fee. The contracts may also include incentives for various performance criteria, including quality, timeliness, ingenuity, 
safety and cost-effectiveness. In addition, our costs are generally subject to review by our clients and regulatory audit agencies, and 
such reviews could result in costs being disputed as non-reimbursable under the terms of the contract. Revenue  for cost-plus 
contracts is recognized at the time services are performed. Revenue is not recognized for non-recoverable costs. Performance 
incentives are included in our estimates of revenue when their realization is reasonably assured. 

If estimated total costs on any contract indicate a loss, we recognize the entire estimated loss in the period the loss becomes 
known. The cumulative effect of revisions to revenue, estimated costs to complete contracts, including penalties, incentive awards, 
change orders, claims, anticipated losses and others are recorded in the period in which the revisions are identified and the loss can 
be reasonably estimated. Such revisions could occur in any reporting period and the effects may be material depending on the size of 
the project or the adjustment. 

Once contract performance is underway, we may experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, 
designs, materials and expectations regarding the period of performance. Such changes are "change orders" and may be initiated by 
us or by our clients. In many cases, agreement with the client as to the terms of change orders is reached prior to work commencing; 
however, sometimes circumstances require that work progress without obtaining client agreement. Revenue related to change orders 
is recognized as costs are incurred. Change orders that are unapproved as to both price and scope are evaluated as claims. 

Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third parties for 
delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both scope and price 
or  other  causes  of  unanticipated  additional  costs.  We  regularly  evaluate  all  unsettled  claim  amounts  and  record  appropriate 
adjustments to operating earnings  when it is probable that the claim  will result in a different contract value than the amount 
previously estimated. Revenue on claims is recognized only to the extent that contract costs related to the claims have been incurred 
and when it is probable that the claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract value that can be reliably estimated. No profit is 
recognized on a claim until final settlement occurs. This can lead to a situation in which costs are recognized in one period and 
revenue is recognized in a subsequent period when a client agreement is obtained or a claim resolution occurs. 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  ("ASU")  2014-09,  "Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers), which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with 
customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance.  ASU 2014-09 outlines a 
five-step process for revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards, and also 
requires  disclosures  regarding  the  nature,  amount,  timing,  and  uncertainty  of  revenues  and  cash  flows  from  contracts  with 
customers.  Major  provisions  include  determining  which  goods  and  services  are  distinct  and  represent  separate  performance 
obligations, how variable consideration (which may include change orders and claims) is recognized, whether revenue should be 
recognized at a point in time or over a period of time, and ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price. 

We  have  a  cross-functional  implementation  team  which  includes  representatives  from  our  two  operating  segments, 
corporate accounting, and information technology. The implementation team has evaluated the impact of adopting the new standard 
on our uncompleted contracts as of October 1, 2018 (the date of adoption). The evaluation included reviewing our accounting 
policies and practices to identify differences that  would result from applying the requirements of the new standard. We have 
identified and made changes to our processes and controls to support recognition and disclosure under the new standard.  The 
implementation team has closely followed the conclusions of various industry groups on certain interpretive issues. 

We continue to evaluate the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 and all related amendments on our financial position, results 
of operations, and related disclosures. Under the new standard, we will continue to recognize fixed-price, time-and-materials, and 
cost-plus contract revenue over time on a percentage-of-completion basis because of the continuous transfer of control to the 
customer. However, in a limited number of circumstances,  adoption of the new  standard  will affect the  manner in  which  we 
determine the unit of account for our projects (i.e. performance obligation). In some cases, contracts treated as more than one unit of 
account (multiple performance obligations) for revenue and margin recognition under existing guidance will be combined into one 
unit of account upon adoption. Conversely, in fewer cases, contracts treated as one unit of account (a single performance obligation) 
under existing guidance will be segmented into two or more units of account upon adoption. Based on our most recent assessment of 
existing contracts, the adoption of ASU 2014-09 is expected to result in a cumulative effect adjustment to decrease retained earnings 
by less than two percent as of October 1, 2018. 

Insurance Matters, Litigation and Contingencies 

In the normal course of business, we are subject to certain contractual guarantees and litigation. Generally, such guarantees 
relate to project schedules and performance. Most of the litigation involves us as a defendant in contractual disagreements, workers' 
compensation, personal injury and other similar lawsuits. We maintain insurance coverage for various aspects of our business and 

50 

 
operations. However, we have elected to retain a portion of losses that may occur through the use of various deductibles, limits and 
retentions under our insurance programs. This practice  may subject us to some future liability for which we are only partially 
insured or are completely uninsured. 

We record in our consolidated balance sheets amounts representing our estimated liability for self-insurance claims. We 
utilize actuarial analyses to assist in determining the level of accrued liabilities to establish for our employee medical and workers' 
compensation self-insurance claims that are known and have been asserted against us, as well as for self-insurance claims that are 
believed to have been incurred based on actuarial analyses but have not yet been reported to our claims administrators at the balance 
sheet date. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated statements of income. 

Except as described in Note 17, "Commitments and Contingencies" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" 
included in Item 8, we do not have any litigation or other contingencies that have had, or are currently anticipated to have, a material 
impact on our results of operations or financial  position. As additional information about current or future litigation or other 
contingencies becomes available, management will assess whether such information warrants the recording of additional expenses 
relating to those contingencies. Such additional expenses could potentially have a material impact on our results of operations and 
financial position. 

Goodwill and Intangibles 

The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased and the liabilities assumed on 
the basis of their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to 
make estimates and use valuation techniques when a market value is not readily available. Any excess of purchase price over the fair 
value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. Goodwill typically represents the value paid for the 
assembled workforce and enhancement of our service offerings. 

Identifiable intangible assets include backlog, non-compete agreements, client relations, trade names, patents and other 
assets. The costs of these intangible assets are amortized over their contractual or economic lives, which range from one to ten years. 
We assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are present based on 
expected future profitability and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. Should the 
review indicate that the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the intangible 
assets would be recognized as an impairment loss. 

We perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the beginning of our fiscal fourth quarter. In addition, we regularly 
evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in recoverability of goodwill. We 
perform interim goodwill impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events and circumstances have occurred, 
including a deterioration in general economic conditions, an increased competitive environment, a change in management, key 
personnel, strategy or customers, negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared 
with  actual  and  projected  results  of  relevant  prior  periods  (see  Note 6,  "Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets"  of  the  "Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 for further discussion). 

We believe the  methodology  that  we  use  to review impairment of goodwill,  which includes a significant amount of 
judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of the 
factors  employed  in  determining  whether  our  goodwill  is  impaired  are outside  of  our  control  and  it  is  reasonably  likely  that 
assumptions and estimates will change in future periods. These changes could result in future impairments. 

The goodwill impairment review involves the determination of the fair value of our reporting units, which for us are the 
components one level below  our reportable segments. This process requires us to  make  significant judgments and estimates, 
including assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations as well as the interpretation of current economic 
indicators and market valuations. Furthermore, the development of the present value of future cash flow projections includes 
assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our expected revenue growth rates, profit margins, business plans, cost of 
capital and tax rates. We also make certain assumptions about future market conditions, market prices, interest rates and changes in 
business strategies. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the determination of the fair value of a reporting 
unit. This could eliminate the excess of fair value over carrying value of a reporting unit entirely and, in some cases, result in 
impairment. Such changes in assumptions could be caused by a loss of one or more significant contracts, reductions in government 
or commercial client spending, or a decline in the demand for our services due to changing economic conditions. In the event that 
we determine that our goodwill is impaired, we would be required to record a non-cash charge that could result in a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations or financial position. 

We  use two  methods to determine the fair value  of our reporting units: (i) the Income Approach and (ii) the Market 
Approach. While  each  of  these  approaches  is  initially  considered  in  the  valuation  of  the  business  enterprises,  the  nature  and 
characteristics of the reporting units indicate which approach is most applicable. The Income Approach utilizes the discounted cash 
flow method, which focuses on the expected cash flow of the reporting unit. In applying this approach, the cash flow available for 
distribution is calculated for a finite period of years. Cash flow available for distribution is defined, for purposes of this analysis, as 

51 

 
the amount of cash that could be distributed as a dividend without impairing the future profitability or operations of the reporting 
unit. The cash flow available for distribution and the terminal value (the value of the reporting unit at the end of the estimation 
period) are then discounted to present value to derive an indication of the value of the business enterprise. The Market Approach is 
comprised of the guideline company method and the similar transactions method. The guideline company method focuses on 
comparing the reporting unit to select reasonably similar (or "guideline") publicly traded companies. Under this method, valuation 
multiples are (i) derived from the operating data of selected guideline companies; (ii) evaluated and adjusted based on the strengths 
and weaknesses of the reporting units relative to the selected guideline companies; and (iii) applied to the operating data of the 
reporting unit to arrive at an indication of value. In the similar transactions method, consideration is given to prices paid in recent 
transactions that have occurred in the reporting unit's industry or in related industries. For our annual impairment analysis, we 
weighted the Income Approach and the Market Approach at 70% and 30%, respectively. The Income Approach was given a higher 
weight  because  it  has  the  most  direct  correlation  to  the  specific  economics  of  the  reporting  unit,  as  compared  to  the  Market 
Approach, which is based on multiples of broad-based (i.e., less comparable) companies. Our last review at July 2, 2018 (i.e. the 
first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 2018), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of our reporting units had 
estimated fair values that were in excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. We had no reporting units that had estimated 
fair values that exceeded their carrying values by less than 30%. 

Contingent Consideration 

Certain  of  our  acquisition  agreements  include  contingent  earn-out  arrangements,  which  are  generally  based  on  the 
achievement of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based upon our valuations of the 
acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. 

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their 
respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial 
purchase price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Estimated contingent earn-out 
liabilities" and "Long-term estimated contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors 
when determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of our 
acquisitions is not supported solely by the initial consideration paid, and the contingent earn-out formula is a critical and material 
component of the valuation approach to determining the purchase price; and (2) the former shareholders of acquired companies that 
remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level compared with the 
compensation of our other key employees. The contingent earn-out payments are not affected by employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (See Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Preparation  – Fair Value of Financial 
Instruments" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8). We use a probability weighted discounted 
income approach as a valuation technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant 
unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally two or 
three years), and the probability outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases or decreases to either of these 
inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum 
of the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the liability on the 
acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Any amount paid in 
excess of the liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash 
flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value 
could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities related to 
the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair value related 
to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

Income Taxes 

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. In addition, we file other returns that are required in the states, 
foreign jurisdictions and other jurisdictions in which we do business. We account for certain income and expense items differently 
for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for the differences between the 
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on 
enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. In determining the need for a 
valuation  allowance  on  deferred  tax  assets,  management  reviews  both  positive  and  negative  evidence,  including  current  and 
historical results of operations, future income projections and potential tax planning strategies. Based on our assessment, we have 
concluded  that  a  portion  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  at  September 30,  2018,  primarily  net  operating  losses  and  certain  foreign 
intangibles, will not be realized, and we have reserved accordingly. 

52 

 
 
On December 22, 2017, the TCJA was enacted. The TCJA significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, 
among other things, lowering the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, while also repealing the 
deduction for domestic production activities, limiting the deductibility of certain executive compensation, and implementing  a 
modified territorial tax system. The TCJA also imposes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of historical earnings of 
foreign subsidiaries. We analyzed this provision of the TCJA and our related foreign earnings accumulated under legacy tax laws 
during fiscal 2018. Based on our analysis of tax earnings and profits and tax deficits at the prescribed measurement dates, we have a 
cumulative net tax deficit and do not believe we have any tax liability related to this tax. As we have a September 30 fiscal year-end, 
our U.S. federal corporate income tax rate will be blended in fiscal 2018, resulting in a statutory federal rate of  24.5% (3 months at 
35% and 9 months at 21%), and will be 21% for subsequent fiscal years. 

GAAP requires that the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the tax law was enacted.  As a result 
of the TCJA, we reduced our deferred tax liabilities and recorded a one-time deferred tax benefit of approximately $14.7 million in 
fiscal 2018 to reflect our estimate of temporary differences in the United States that will be recovered or settled in fiscal 2018 based 
on the 24.5% blended corporate tax rate or based on the 21% tax rate in fiscal 2019 and beyond versus the previous enacted 35% 
corporate tax rate. In fiscal 2018, we recognized other non-recurring adjustments to our deferred tax assets and liabilities that 
resulted in a net deferred tax expense of $3.6 million.  Excluding these net deferred tax benefits, our effective tax rate in fiscal 2018 
was 27.9%. 

The one-time revaluation of our deferred tax liabilities and our estimate of the one-time transition tax on foreign earnings 
are both preliminary and subject to adjustment as we refine the information necessary to record the final values. The provisional 
amounts incorporate assumptions made based on our current interpretation of the TCJA and may change as we receive additional 
clarification  on  the  implementation  guidance. Additionally,  in  order  to  complete  the  valuation  of  our  deferred  tax  liabilities, 
additional information related to the timing of the recovery or settlement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and the effective 
tax  rates  (including  state  tax  rates)  that  will  apply  needs  to  be  obtained  and  analyzed.  Similarly,  information  related  to  the 
computation of our foreign earnings and profits subject to the one-time transition tax requires further analysis before we make a 
final determination that we have no related liability. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has issued rules that 
would allow for a measurement period of up to one year after the enactment date of the TCJA to finalize the recording of the related 
tax impacts. We will finalize and record any resulting adjustments by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2019. 

According to the authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit 
from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing 
authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position 
should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. 
For more information related to our unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 8, "Income Taxes" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements" included in Item 8. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

For a discussion of recent accounting standards and the effect they could have on the consolidated financial statements, see 

Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Preparation" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8. 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading or speculation purposes. In the normal course of business, 
we have exposure to both interest rate risk and foreign currency transaction and translation risk, primarily related to the Canadian 
and Australian dollar. 

We are exposed to interest rate risk under our Amended Credit Agreement. We can borrow, at our option, under both the 
Amended Term Loan Facility and Amended Revolving Credit Facility. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving Credit Facility, 
at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% per annum, or (b) a base rate for loans 
in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or the Eurocurrency rate plus 
1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.75% per annum. Borrowings at the base rate have no designated term and may be 
repaid without penalty any time prior to the Facility’s maturity date. Borrowings at a Eurodollar rate have a term no less than 30 
days and no greater than 90 days and may be prepaid without penalty. Typically, at the end of such term, such borrowings may be 
rolled over at our discretion into either a borrowing at the base rate or a borrowing at a Eurodollar rate with similar terms, not to 
exceed the  maturity date  of the Facility. The Facility  matures on July 30, 2023. At September 30, 2018, we  had borrowings 
outstanding under the Credit Agreement of $277.1 million at a weighted-average interest rate of 3.27% per annum. 

In fiscal 2013, we entered into three interest rate swap agreements with three banks to fix the variable interest rate on 
$153.8 million of our Term Loan Facility. In fiscal 2014, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements with two banks to fix the 
variable interest rate on $51.3 million of our Term Loan Facility. These swap agreements expired in May 2018. In August 2018, we 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
entered into five interest rate swaps with five banks to fix the variable interest rate on $250 million of our Amended Term Loan 
Facility. The objective of these interest rate swaps was to eliminate the variability of our cash flows on the amount of interest 
expense  we  pay under our Credit Agreement.  Our average  effective interest rate  on borrowings outstanding under the Credit 
Agreement, including the effects of interest rate swap agreements, at September 30, 2018, was 3.28%. For more information, see 
Note 14, “Derivative Financial Instruments” of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8. 

Most of our transactions are in U.S. dollars; however, some of our subsidiaries conduct business in foreign currencies, 
primarily the Canadian and Australian dollar. Therefore, we are subject to currency exposure and volatility because of currency 
fluctuations. We attempt to minimize our exposure to these fluctuations by matching revenue and expenses in the same currency for 
our contracts. Foreign currency gains and losses were immaterial for both fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017. Foreign currency gains and 
losses are reported as part of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our consolidated statements of income. 

We have foreign currency exchange rate exposure in our results of operations and equity primarily as a result of the 
currency translation related to our foreign subsidiaries where the local currency is the functional currency. To the extent the U.S. 
dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions will result in 
reduced revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities. Similarly, our revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities will 
increase if the U.S. dollar weakens against foreign currencies. For fiscal 2018 and 2017, 24.7% and 26.7% of our consolidated 
revenue, respectively, was generated by our international business. For fiscal 2018, the effect of foreign exchange rate translation on 
the consolidated balance sheets was a decrease in equity of $29.7 million compared to an increase in equity of $27.9 million in fiscal 
2017. These amounts were recognized as an adjustment to equity through other comprehensive income. 

54 

 
 
 
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, October 1, 2017 and October 2, 
2016 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, October 1, 2017 
and October 2, 2016 

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, October 1, 2017 and October 2, 
2016 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, October 1, 2017 and 
October 2, 2016 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves 

Page 

56 
57 

58 

59 

60 

62 

63 

92 

55 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Tetra Tech, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Controls over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tetra Tech, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 
2018 and October 1, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in 
the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). We also have audited the Company's 
internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, the effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued 
by COSO. 

Basis for Opinions 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in 
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express 
opinions on the Company's consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and 
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects. 

 Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to 
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated 
financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management, and well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control 
over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed 
risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) 
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the 
assets of the company; (ii)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company 
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could 
have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
November 16, 2018 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2004. 

56 

 
 
TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in thousands, except par value) 

ASSETS 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Accounts receivable – net 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Income taxes receivable 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment – net 

Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures 

Goodwill 

Intangible assets – net 

Deferred income taxes 

Other long-term assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 

Accrued compensation 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts 

Current portion of long-term debt 

Current contingent earn-out liabilities 

Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Deferred income taxes 

Long-term debt 

Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities 

Other long-term liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17) 

Equity: 

Preferred stock – Authorized, 2,000 shares of $0.01 par value; no shares issued and 
outstanding at September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017 

Common stock – Authorized, 150,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding, 
55,349 and 55,873 shares at September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Retained earnings 

Tetra Tech stockholders' equity 

Noncontrolling interests 

Total stockholders' equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

$ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

57 

146,185     $ 
837,103    
56,003    
11,089    
1,050,380    
43,278    
3,370    
798,820    
16,123    
8,607    
38,843    
1,959,421    $ 

160,222     $ 
180,153    
143,270    
12,599    
13,633    
108,216    
618,093    
30,166    
264,712    
21,657    
57,693    

189,975  
788,767  
49,969  
13,312  
1,042,023  
56,835  
2,700  
740,886  
26,688  
1,763  
31,850  
1,902,745  

177,638  
143,408  
117,499  
15,588  
2,024  
81,511  
537,668  
43,781  
341,283  
414  
50,975  

— 

— 

553 
148,803    
(127,350 )  
944,965    
966,971    
129    
967,100    
1,959,421     $ 

559 
193,835  
(98,500 ) 
832,559  
928,453  
171  
928,624  
1,902,745  

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Revenue 

Subcontractor costs 

Other costs of revenue 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Acquisition and integration expenses 

Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments 

Income from operations 

Interest income 

Interest expense 

Income before income tax expense 

Income tax expense 

Net income 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Cash dividends paid per share 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 
2,964,148    $ 
(763,414 )  

$ 

October 1, 
 2017 
2,753,360    $ 
(719,350 )  

October 2, 
 2016 
2,583,469  
(654,264 ) 

(1,816,276 )  
384,458    
(190,120 )  
—    
(4,252 )  
190,086    
1,824    
(17,348 )  
174,562    
(37,605 )  
136,957    
(74 )  

(1,680,372 )  
353,638    
(177,219 )  
—    
6,923    
183,342    
729    
(12,310 )  
171,761    
(53,844 )  
117,917    
(43 )  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

136,883    $ 

117,874    $ 

2.46    $ 
2.42    $ 

55,670    
56,598    

0.44    $ 

2.07    $ 
2.04    $ 

56,911    
57,913    

0.38    $ 

(1,598,994 ) 
330,211  
(171,985 ) 

(19,548 ) 

(2,823 ) 
135,855  
996  
(12,385 ) 
124,466  
(40,613 ) 
83,853  
(70 ) 
83,783  

1.44  
1.42  

58,186  
58,966  
0.34  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(in thousands) 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 

Gain on cash flow hedge valuations 

Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tetra Tech 
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling 
interests 

Comprehensive income 

Comprehensive income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Comprehensive income 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

October 2, 
 2016 

$ 

136,957     $ 

117,917     $ 

83,853  

(29,656 )  
806    
(28,850 )  

27,894    
1,614    
29,508    

(64 )  
108,043     $ 

8 

147,433     $ 

108,033     $ 

147,382     $ 

10    

51    

108,043    $ 

147,433    $ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

14,389  
774  
15,163  

3 
99,019  

98,946  
73  
99,019  

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Statements of Equity 
Fiscal Years Ended October 2, 2016, October 1, 2017, and September 30, 2018 
(in thousands) 

Common Stock 

Shares 

  Amount 

  Additional 

Paid-in 
Capital 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Retained 
Earnings 

Total 
Tetra Tech 
Equity 

Non-Controlling 
Interests 

Total 
Equity 

59,381 

  $ 

594 

  $ 

326,593 

 $ 

(143,171 )   $ 

672,309 

 $ 

856,325 

 $ 

473 

 $ 

856,798 

83,783    

83,783    

70    

83,853  

14,389 

774 

14,389 

774 

98,946 

12,964 

920 

9 

15,814 

209 
(3,468 )  

2 
(35 )  

4,705 
(99,465 )    

(271 )    

(19,735 )   

(19,735 )    

12,964 

15,823 

4,707 
(99,500 )    

(271 )    

3 

14,392 

774 

73 

99,019 

(402 )   

(402 ) 

(19,735 ) 

12,964 

15,823 

4,707 

(99,500 ) 

(271 ) 

57,042 

570 

260,340 

(128,008 )   

736,357 

869,259 

144 

869,403 

117,874    

117,874    

43    

117,917  

27,894 

1,614 

27,894 

1,614 

8 

27,902 

1,614 

147,382 

51 

147,433 

(24 )   

(24 ) 

(21,672 )   

(21,672 )    

13,450 

15,094 

4,940 
(100,000 )    

(21,672 ) 

13,450 

15,094 

4,940 

(100,000 ) 

13,450 

907 

10 

15,084 

190 
(2,266 )  

2 
(23 )  

4,938 
(99,977 )    

55,873 

559 

193,835 

(98,500 )   

832,559 

928,453 

171 

928,624 

60 

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 27, 
2015 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax: 

Net income 

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments 

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax 
Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling 
interests 

Cash dividends of 
$0.34 per common 
share 

Stock-based 
compensation 

Stock options 
exercised 

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan 

Stock repurchases 

Tax benefit for stock 
options 

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 2, 2016 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax: 

Net income 

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments 

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax 

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling 
interests 

Cash dividends of 
$0.38 per common 
share 

Stock-based 
compensation 

Stock options 
exercised 

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan 

Stock repurchases 

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 1, 2017 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
Net income 

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments 

Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations 

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax 

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling 
interests 

Cash dividends of 
$0.44 per common 
share 

Stock-based 
compensation 

Restricted & 
performance shares 
released 

Stock options 
exercised 

Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan 

Stock repurchases 

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 30, 
2018 

Common Stock 

Shares 

  Amount 

  Additional 

Paid-in 
Capital 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Retained 
Earnings 

Total 
Tetra Tech 
Equity 

Non-Controlling 
Interests 

Total 
Equity 

136,883    

136,883    

74    

136,957  

(29,656 )    

806 

(29,656 )   

(64 )   

(29,720 ) 

806 

108,033 

806 

10 

108,043 

(52 )   

(52 ) 

(24,477 )   

(24,477 )    

19,582 

(8,871 )    

13,511 

5,740 
(75,000 )    

(24,477 ) 

19,582 

(8,871 ) 

13,511 

5,740 

(75,000 ) 

19,582 

(8,874 )    

13,506 

277 

549 

3 

5 

142 
(1,492 )  

1 
(15 )  

5,739 
(74,985 )    

55,349 

 $ 

553 

 $ 

148,803 

 $ 

(127,350 )   $ 

944,965 

 $ 

966,971 

 $ 

129 

 $ 

967,100 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TETRA TECH, INC. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Equity in income of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of distributions 
Non-cash stock compensation 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation 
Deferred income taxes 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration 
Lease termination costs and related asset impairment 
Loss (gain) on sale of assets and divested business 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisitions and divestitures: 

Accounts receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued compensation 
Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts 
Other liabilities 
Income taxes receivable/payable 
Cash settled contingent earn-out liability 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Capital expenditures 
Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Changes in restricted cash 
Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures 
Proceeds from sale of assets and divested business, net 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Payments on long-term debt 
Proceeds from borrowings 
Payments of contingent earn-out liabilities 
Debt pre-payment costs 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation 
Repurchases of common stock 
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock 
Dividends paid 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental information: 
Cash paid during the year for: 

Interest 
Income taxes, net of refunds received of $2.5 million, $2.1 million and $3.2 million 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

October 2, 
 2016 

$ 

136,957    $ 

117,917    $ 

83,853  

38,636    
(568 )   
19,582    
—    
(29,360 )   
7,167    
4,252    
—    
1,045    

(46,273 )   
(12,638 )   
(16,032 )   
27,492    
15,228    
16,127    
17,596    
(2,349 )   
176,862    

(9,726 )   
(68,256 )   
—    
—    
35,348    
(42,634 )   

(485,946 )   
401,965    
(1,412 )   
(1,737 )   
—    
(75,000 )   
13,520    
(24,477 )   
(173,087 )   
(4,931 )   
(43,790 )   
189,975    
146,185    $ 

45,756    
(647 )   
13,450    
—    
(9,957 )   
2,847    
(6,923 )   
—    
(103 )   

(64,781 )   
(8,317 )   
18,597    
13,413    
28,298    
2,167    
(13,725 )   
—    
137,992    

(9,741 )   
(8,039 )   
—    
(85 )   
905    
(16,960 )   

(233,889 )   
243,553    
(1,319 )   
—    
—    
(100,000 )   
18,555    
(21,672 )   
(94,772 )   
3,256    
29,516    
160,459    
189,975    $ 

45,588  
1,144  
12,964  
(918 ) 
6,051  
8,082  
2,823  
2,946  
(537 ) 

9,062  
3,720  
(3,002 ) 
8,434  
(13,874 ) 
(19,321 ) 
(4,995 ) 
—  
142,020  

(11,945 ) 
(81,259 ) 
(2,519 ) 
(1,368 ) 
3,076  

(94,015 ) 

(148,887 ) 
229,049  
(3,251 ) 
(1,935 ) 
918  
(99,500 ) 
17,953  
(19,735 ) 

(25,388 ) 
2,516  
25,133  
135,326  
160,459  

15,570    $ 
49,842    $ 

11,504    $ 
72,578    $ 

12,575  
35,273  

$ 

$ 
$ 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
TETRA TECH, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.           Description of Business 

We are a leading global provider of consulting and engineering services that focuses on water, environment, infrastructure, 
resource management, energy, and international development. We are a global company that leads with science and is renowned for 
our expertise in providing water-related services for public and private clients. We typically begin at the earliest stage of a project by 
identifying technical solutions and developing execution plans tailored to our clients' needs and resources. Our solutions may span 
the entire life cycle of consulting and engineering projects and include applied science, data analysis, research, engineering, design, 
construction management, and operations and maintenance. 

Beginning in fiscal 2018, we aligned our operations to better serve our clients and markets, resulting in two renamed 
reportable  segments.  Our  Government  Services  Group  (“GSG”)  reportable  segment  primarily  includes  activities  with  U.S. 
government clients (federal, state and local) and activities with development agencies worldwide. Our Commercial/International 
Services Group (“CIG”) reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. commercial clients and international activities 
other than work for development agencies. This alignment allows us to capitalize on our growing market opportunities and enhance 
the development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to meet our growing client demand. We continue to report the results 
of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the Remediation and Construction Management (“RCM”) reportable 
segment. Prior year amounts for reportable segments have been revised to conform to the current-year presentation. 

2.           Basis of Presentation and Preparation 

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation.    The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of 
joint ventures of which we are the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated 
in consolidation. 

Fiscal Year.    We report results of operations based on 52 or 53-week periods ending on the Sunday nearest September 30. 

Fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 contained 52, 52 and 53 weeks, respectively. 

Use of Estimates.    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America ("GAAP") requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the 
amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although such estimates and assumptions are 
based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may take in the future, actual results could differ materially 
from those estimates. 

Revenue Recognition and Contract Costs.    We recognize revenue from contracts using the percentage-of-completion 
method, primarily utilizing the cost-to-cost approach, to estimate the progress towards completion in order to determine the amount 
of revenue and profit to recognize. Changes in those estimates could result in the recognition of cumulative catch-up adjustments to 
the contract’s inception-to-date revenue, costs and profit in the period in which such changes are made. On a quarterly basis, we 
review and assess our revenue and cost estimates for each significant contract. Changes in revenue and cost estimates could also 
result in a projected loss that would be recorded immediately in earnings. 

We recognize revenue for work performed under three major types of contracts: fixed-price, time-and-materials, and cost-

plus. 

Fixed-Price.       Under  fixed -price  contracts,  our  clients  pay  us  an  agreed  fixed-amount  negotiated  in  advance  for  a 
specified scope of work. We recognize revenue on fixed-price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. If the nature or 
circumstances of the contract prevent us from preparing a reliable estimate at completion, we will delay profit recognition until 
adequate information about the contract's progress becomes available. 

Time-and-Materials.    Under time-and-materials contracts, we negotiate hourly billing rates and charge our clients based 
on the actual time that we spend on a project. In addition, clients reimburse us for our actual out-of-pocket costs for materials and 
other direct incidental expenditures that we incur in connection with our performance under the contract. The majority of our time-
and-material contracts are subject to maximum contract values and, accordingly, revenue under these contracts is recognized under 
the percentage-of-completion method. However, time and materials contracts that are service-related contracts are accounted for 
utilizing the proportional performance method. Revenue on contracts that are not subject to maximum contract values is recognized 
based on the actual number of hours we spend on the projects plus any actual out-of-pocket costs of materials and other direct 
incidental expenditures that we incur on the projects. Our time-and-materials contracts also generally include annual billing rate 
adjustment provisions. 

Cost-Plus.    Under  cost-plus  contracts,  we  are  reimbursed  for  allowable  or  otherwise  defined  costs  incurred  plus  a 
negotiated fee. These contracts may also include incentives for various performance criteria, including quality, timeliness, ingenuity, 

63 

 
 
 
safety and cost-effectiveness. In addition, our costs are generally subject to review by our clients and regulatory audit agencies, and 
such reviews could result in costs being disputed as non-reimbursable under the terms of the contract.  Revenue for cost-plus 
contracts is recognized at the time services are performed. Revenue is not recognized for non-recoverable costs. Performance 
incentives are included in our estimates of revenue when their realization is reasonably assured. 

If estimated total costs on any contract indicate a loss, we recognize the entire estimated loss in the period the loss becomes 
known. The cumulative effect of revisions to revenue, estimated costs to complete contracts, including penalties, incentive awards, 
change orders, claims, liquidated damages, anticipated losses, and other revisions are recorded in the period in which the revisions 
are identified and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Such revisions could occur in any reporting period and the effects may be 
material depending on the size of the project or the adjustment. 

Once contract performance is underway, we may experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, 
designs, materials, and expectations regarding the period of performance. Such changes are "change orders" and may be initiated by 
us or by our clients. In many cases, agreement with the client as to the terms of change orders is reached prior to work commencing; 
however, sometimes circumstances require that work progress without obtaining client agreement. Revenue related to change orders 
is recognized as costs are incurred. Change orders that are unapproved as to both price and scope are evaluated as claims. 

Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third parties for 
delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both scope and price, 
or other causes of unanticipated additional costs. Revenue on claims is recognized only to the extent that contract costs related to the 
claims have been incurred and when it is probable that the claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract value that can be 
reliably estimated. No profit is recognized on a claim until final settlement occurs. This can lead to a situation in which costs are 
recognized in one period and revenue is recognized in a subsequent period when a client agreement is obtained or a claims resolution 
occurs. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents.    Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 days or 
less at the date of purchase. We record cash and cash equivalents as restricted when we are unable to freely use such cash and cash 
equivalents for our general operating purposes. As of fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017 year-ends, we had restricted cash of $2.7 million on 
the consolidated balance sheet, and it was included in our "Prepaid expenses and other current assets". 

Insurance  Matters,  Litigation  and  Contingencies.    In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  subject  to  certain 
contractual guarantees and litigation. In addition, we maintain insurance coverage for various aspects of our business and operations. 
We record in our consolidated balance sheets amounts representing our estimated liability for these legal and insurance obligations.  
Any adjustments to these liabilities are recorded in our consolidated statements of income. 

Accounts Receivable – Net.    Net accounts receivable is primarily comprised of billed and unbilled accounts receivable, 
contract retentions and allowances for doubtful accounts. Billed accounts receivable represent amounts billed to clients that have not 
been collected. Unbilled accounts receivable represent revenue recognized but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or billed after 
the period end date. Most of our unbilled receivables at September 30, 2018 are expected to be billed and collected within 12 
months. Unbilled accounts receivable also include amounts related to requests for equitable adjustment to contracts that provide for 
price redetermination. These amounts are recorded only when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. Contract 
retentions represent amounts withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is completed, which may be several 
months or years. Allowances for doubtful accounts represent the amounts that may become uncollectible or unrealizable in the 
future. We determine an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts based on management's consideration of trends in the actual 
and forecasted credit quality of our clients, including delinquency and payment history; type of client, such as a government agency 
or a commercial sector client; and general economic and particular industry conditions that may affect a client's ability to  pay. 
Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts represent the amount of cash collected from clients and billings to clients on 
contracts in advance of work performed and revenue recognized. The majority of these amounts will be earned within 12 months. 

Property and Equipment.    Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated over their estimated useful 
lives using the straight-line method. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated 
depreciation are removed from our consolidated balance sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in our consolidated 
statements of income. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Generally, estimated useful lives range 
from three to ten  years  for equipment,  furniture and fixtures. Buildings are depreciated over periods not exceeding 40  years. 
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the length of the 
lease. 

Long-Lived Assets.    Our policy regarding long-lived assets is to evaluate the recoverability of our assets when the facts 
and circumstances suggest that the assets may be impaired. This assessment is performed based on the estimated undiscounted cash 
flows compared to the carrying value of the assets. If the future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) are less than 
the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value. 

64 

 
 
We recognize a liability for contract termination costs associated with an exit activity for costs that will continue to be 
incurred under a lease for its remaining term without economic benefit to us, initially measured at its fair value at the cease-use date. 
The  fair  value  is  determined  based  on  the  remaining  lease  rentals,  adjusted  for  the  effects  of  any  prepaid  or  deferred  items 
recognized under the lease, and reduced by estimated sublease rentals. 

Business Combinations.    The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased and 
the liabilities assumed on the basis of their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of assets and 
liabilities acquired requires us to make estimates and use valuation techniques when a market value is not readily available. Any 
excess of purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired is allocated to goodwill. Goodwill typically 
represents the value paid for the assembled workforce and enhancement of our service offerings. Transaction costs associated with 
business combinations are expensed as they are incurred. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.    Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of the 
net assets acquired in a business acquisition. Following an acquisition, we perform an analysis to value the acquired company's 
tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities. With respect to identifiable intangible assets, we consider backlog, non-
compete agreements, client relations, trade names, patents and other assets. We amortize our intangible assets based on the period 
over which the contractual or economic benefits of the intangible assets are expected to be realized. We assess the recoverability of 
the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are present based on expected future profitability 
and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. Should the review indicate that the carrying 
value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the intangible assets would be recognized as an 
impairment loss. 

We test our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, and more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances 
indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. We believe the methodology that we use to review impairment 
of goodwill, which includes a significant amount of judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to determine 
whether impairment has occurred. However, many of the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is impaired are 
outside of our control and it is reasonably likely that assumptions and estimates will change in future periods. These changes could 
result in future impairments. 

We perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the beginning of our fiscal fourth quarter. Our last annual review 
was performed at July 2, 2018 (i.e., the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter). In addition, we regularly evaluate whether events and 
circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim goodwill 
impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events and circumstances have occurred, including a deterioration in 
general economic conditions, an increased competitive environment, a change in management, key personnel, strategy or customers, 
negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of 
relevant prior periods. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or 
one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. Our operating segments are the same as our reportable segments 
and  our  reporting  units  for  goodwill  impairment  testing  are  the  components  one  level  below  our  reportable  segments. These 
components constitute a business for which discrete financial information is available and where segment management regularly 
reviews the operating results of that component. We aggregate components within an operating segment that have similar economic 
characteristics. 

The impairment test for goodwill involves the comparison of the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to the reporting 
unit's carrying value, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of reporting units based on a comparison and weighting of the 
income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method and the market approach, which estimates the fair value of our 
reporting units based upon comparable market prices and recent transactions and also validates the reasonableness of the multiples 
from the income approach. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, the goodwill of that reporting unit is not 
considered impaired. However, if its carrying value exceeds its fair value, our goodwill is impaired, and we are required to record a 
non-cash charge that could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.  An impairment loss recognized, 
if any, should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. 

Contingent Consideration.    Most of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out arrangements, which are 
generally based on the achievement of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based upon our 
valuations of the acquired companies and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not 
achieved. 

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their 
respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial 
purchase  price  and  record  the  estimated  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  as  a  liability  in  "Current  contingent  earn-out 
liabilities" and "Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors when 
determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of our 

65 

 
 
acquisitions is not supported solely by the initial consideration paid, and the contingent earn-out formula is a critical and material 
component of the valuation approach to determining the purchase price; and (2) the former owners of acquired companies that 
remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level compared with the 
compensation of our other key employees. The contingent earn-out payments are not affected by employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in the 
fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally two or three years), and the probability 
outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases or decreases to either of these inputs in isolation would result 
in a significantly higher or lower liability with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of the contingent earn-out 
obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the fair value estimate and 
amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the liability on the acquisition date is 
reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Any amount paid in excess of the liability 
on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in operating activities. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value 
could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities related to 
the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair value related 
to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments.    We determine the fair values of our financial instruments, including short-term 
investments, debt instruments and derivative instruments based on inputs or assumptions that market participants would use in 
pricing an asset or a liability. We categorize our instruments using a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs used to measure 
fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows: Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in 
active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or 
inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full 
term of the financial instrument; and Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions used to measure assets 
and liabilities at fair value. The classification of a financial asset or liability within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest 
level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values 
based on their short-term nature. The carrying amounts of our revolving credit facility approximates fair value because the interest 
rates are based upon variable reference rates. Certain other assets and liabilities, such as contingent earn-out liabilities, assets held 
for sale and amounts related to cash-flow hedges, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value. 

Our fair value measurement methods may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value 
or reflective of future fair values. Although we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other 
market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value could result in a different fair value 
measurement at the reporting date. 

Derivative Financial Instruments.    We account for our derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carry them 
at fair value. For derivative instruments that hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that are designated as 
cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of accumulated 
other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders' equity and reclassified into income in the same period or periods during which 
the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, if any, is recognized 
in current income. To receive hedge accounting treatment, cash flow hedges must be highly effective in offsetting changes to 
expected future cash flows on hedged transactions. 

The net gain or loss on the effective portion of a derivative instrument that is designated as an economic hedge of the 
foreign currency translation exposure generated by the re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in a non-
functional currency in a foreign operation is reported in the same manner as a foreign currency translation adjustment. Accordingly, 
any gains or losses related to these derivative instruments are recognized in current income. Derivatives that do not qualify as hedges 
are adjusted to fair value through current income. 

Deferred Compensation.    We maintain a non-qualified defined contribution supplemental retirement plan for certain key 
employees and non-employee directors that is accounted for in accordance with applicable authoritative guidance on accounting for 
deferred compensation arrangements where amounts earned are held in a rabbi trust and invested. Employee deferrals and our match 
are deposited into a rabbi trust, and the funds are generally invested in individual variable life insurance contracts that we own and 
are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. Our consolidated balance sheets reflect our investment in 

66 

 
 
variable life insurance contracts in "Other long-term assets." Our obligation to participating employees is reflected in "Other long-
term liabilities." All income and expenses related to the rabbi trust are reflected in our consolidated statements of income. 

Income Taxes.    We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. In addition, we file other returns that are required in 
the states, foreign jurisdictions and other jurisdictions in which we do business. We account for certain income and expense items 
differently for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for the difference 
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future 
based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. In determining the 
need for a valuation allowance, management reviews both positive and negative evidence, including current and historical results of 
operations, future income projections and potential tax planning strategies. Based on our assessment, we have concluded that  a 
portion of the deferred tax assets at September 30, 2018 will not be realized. 

According to the authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we may recognize the tax benefit 
from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing 
authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position 
should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. 
This guidance also addresses de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and 
disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. 

Concentration of Credit Risk.    Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash 
equivalents and net accounts receivable. In the event that we have surplus cash, we place our temporary cash investments with lower 
risk financial institutions and, by policy, limit the amount of investment exposure to any one financial institution. Approximately 
26% of accounts receivable were due from various agencies of the U.S. federal government at fiscal 2018 year-end. The remaining 
accounts  receivable  are  generally  diversified  due  to  the  large  number  of  organizations  comprising  our  client  base  and  their 
geographic dispersion. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our clients and maintain an allowance for potential credit losses. 
Approximately 49%, 26% and 25% of our fiscal 2018 revenue was generated from our U.S government, U.S. commercial and 
international clients, respectively. 

Foreign Currency Translation.    We determine the functional currency of our foreign operating units based upon the 
primary currency in which they operate. These operating units maintain their accounting records in their local currency, primarily 
Canadian and Australian dollars. Where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, translation of assets and liabilities to U.S. 
dollars is based on exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Translation of revenue and expenses to U.S. dollars is based on the 
average rate during the period. Translation gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). Gains 
or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in income from operations. 

Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Guidance.   In January 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board 
(“FASB”) issued guidance that generally requires companies to measure investments in other entities, except those accounted for 
under the equity method, at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income. The guidance is effective for fiscal 
years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter of fiscal 2019 for us). We do not 
expect the adoption of this guidance to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that requires the rights and obligations associated with leasing arrangements 
be reflected on the balance sheet in order to increase transparency and comparability among organizations. Under the guidance, 
lessees will be required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a liability to make lease payments and disclose key information about 
leasing arrangements. The guidance is effective for fiscal  years and interim periods  within those fiscal  years, beginning after 
December 15, 2018 (first quarter of fiscal 2020 for us). Early adoption is permitted. While we are currently evaluating the impact 
that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements, we currently expect that the adoption of the new guidance will 
result in a significant increase in the assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets and will likely have an immaterial 
impact on our consolidated statements of income and statements of cash flows. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires entities to estimate all expected credit losses for certain 
types  of  financial  instruments,  including  trade  receivables,  held  at  the  reporting  date  based  on  historical  experience,  current 
conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The updated guidance also expands the disclosure requirements to enable users 
of financial statements to understand the entity’s assumptions, models and methods for estimating expected credit losses. This 
guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 (first quarter 
of fiscal 2021 for us). Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our 
consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance to address eight specific cash flow issues to reduce the existing diversity in 
practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. This guidance is 

67 

 
 
 
 
effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter of fiscal 
2019  for  us).  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  guidance  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires entities to recognize the income tax consequences of an 
intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This guidance is effective for fiscal reporting periods 
and interim reporting periods within those fiscal reporting periods, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter of fiscal 2019 
for us). Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated 
financial statements. 

In November 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance which provides amendments to address the classification and 
presentation of changes in restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim 
periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter of fiscal 2019 for us). We do not expect  the 
adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued updated guidance to simplify the test for goodwill impairment. This guidance eliminates 
step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under the updated guidance, an entity should recognize an impairment charge for the 
amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the 
total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. This guidance is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment 
tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 (first quarter of fiscal 2021 for us), on a prospective basis. Earlier adoption is 
permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We adopted this guidance in the first 
quarter of our fiscal 2018, and the adoption of this guidance had no impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2017, the FASB issued updated guidance to clarify when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based 
payment award must be accounted for as modifications. Under the updated guidance, modification accounting is required only if the 
fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award changes as a result of a change in terms or conditions. This 
guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017 (first quarter 
of fiscal 2019 for us), on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have an 
impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2017, the FASB issued accounting guidance on hedging activities. The amendment better aligns an entity’s risk 
management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes to both the designation and measurement 
guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and 
interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018 (first quarter of fiscal 2020 for us). Early adoption is 
permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2018, the FASB issued guidance on reclassification of certain tax effects from accumulated comprehensive 
income, which allows for a reclassification of stranded tax effects from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") from accumulated other 
comprehensive income to retained earnings. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 (first 
quarter of fiscal 2020 for us). We are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial 
statements. 

Revenue Recognition 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  ("ASU")  2014-09,  "Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers", which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with 
customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance.  ASU 2014-09 outlines a 
five-step process for revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards, and also 
requires disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. 
Major provisions include determining which goods and services are distinct and represent separate performance obligations, how 
variable consideration (which may include change orders and claims) is recognized, whether revenue should be recognized at a point 
in time or over a period of time, and ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price. 

As a result of the deferral of the effective date in ASU 2015-14, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers - Deferral of the 
Effective Date," we will now be required to adopt ASU 2014-09 for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 
15, 2017.  ASU 2014-09 can be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the 
date of adoption. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In 2016, the FASB issued several amendments to ASU 2014-09.  ASU 2016-08, "Principal versus Agent Considerations" 
contains amendments that clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. ASU 2016-10, "Identifying 
Performance Obligations and Licensing" clarifies the guidance on identifying performance obligations and licenses of intellectual 
property. The FASB also issued ASU 2016-12, "Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients", which further clarifies 
accounting for collectability, non-cash consideration, presentation of sales tax, and transition. The FASB also issued ASU 2016-20, 
"Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606", which provides numerous improvements related to ASU 2014-09. All 
amendments are effective with the same date ASU 2014-09. We will adopt ASU 2014-09 during the first quarter of fiscal 2019 using 
the modified retrospective method that will result in a cumulative effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. 

We  have  a  cross-functional  implementation  team  which  includes  representatives  from  our  two  operating  segments, 
corporate accounting, and information technology. The implementation team has evaluated the impact of adopting the new standard 
on our uncompleted contracts as of October 1, 2018 (the date of adoption). The evaluation included reviewing our accounting 
policies and practices to identify differences that  would result  from applying the requirements of the  new standard. We have 
identified and made changes to our processes and controls to support recognition and disclosure under the new standard.  The 
implementation team has closely followed the conclusions of various industry groups on certain interpretive issues. 

We continue to evaluate the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 and all related amendments on our financial position, results 
of operations, and related disclosures. Under the new standard, we will continue to recognize fixed-price, time-and-materials, and 
cost-plus contract revenue over time on a percentage-of-completion basis because of the continuous transfer of control to the 
customer. However, in a limited number of circumstances,  adoption of the new standard  will affect the  manner in  which  we 
determine the unit of account for our projects (i.e. performance obligation). In some cases, contracts treated as more than one unit of 
account (multiple performance obligations) for revenue and margin recognition under existing guidance will be combined into one 
unit of account upon adoption. Conversely, in fewer cases, contracts treated as one unit of account (a single performance obligation) 
under existing guidance will be segmented into two or more units of account upon adoption. Based on our most recent assessment of 
existing contracts, the adoption of ASU 2014-09 is expected to result in a cumulative effect adjustment to decrease retained earnings 
by less than two percent as of October 1, 2018. 

3.           Stock Repurchase and Dividends 

On November 7, 2016, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up 
to $200 million of our common stock. In fiscal 2017, we repurchased through open market purchases under this program a total of 
2,266,397 shares at an average price of $44.12 for a total cost of $100.0 million. In fiscal 2018, we repurchased an additional 
1,491,569 shares through an open market under this program at an average price of $50.28 for a total cost of $75.0 million. 

The following table summarizes dividends declared and paid in fiscal 2018 and 2017: 

Declaration Date 

Dividend Paid Per 
Share 

Record Date 

Payment Date 

Dividends Paid 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

November 6, 2017 

January 29, 2018 

April 30, 2018 

July 30, 2018 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
 $ 

0.10     November 30, 2017 
0.10    
February 14, 2018 
0.12    
0.12    

August 16, 2018 

May 16, 2018 

  December 15, 2017 

  $ 

March 2, 2018 

June 1, 2018 

August 31, 2018 

Total dividend paid as of September 30, 2018 

  $ 

November 7, 2016 

January 30, 2017 

May 1, 2017 

July 31, 2017 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Total dividend paid as of October 1, 2017 

0.09     December 1, 2016 
0.09    
February 17, 2017 
0.10    
0.10    

August 17, 2017 

May 18, 2017 

  December 14, 2016 

  $ 

March 3, 2017 

June 2, 2017 

  September 1, 2017 

  $ 

5,589  
5,583  
6,664  
6,641  
24,477  

5,144  
5,157  
5,738  
5,633  
21,672  

Subsequent Events.    On November 5, 2018, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per share 
payable on December 14, 2018 to stockholders of  record as of the  close of business on  November 30, 2018. The Board also 
authorized a new stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock in addition to 
the $25 million remaining under the previous stock repurchase program. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.           Accounts Receivable and Revenue Recognition 

Net accounts receivable and billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts consisted of the following at September 

30, 2018 and October 1, 2017: 

Billed 

Unbilled 

Contract retentions 

Total accounts receivable – gross 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Total accounts receivable – net 

Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

464,062     $ 
397,200    
13,421    
874,683    
(37,580 )  
837,103    $ 

376,287  
404,899  
39,840  
821,026  
(32,259 ) 
788,767  

143,270     $ 

117,499  

Billed accounts receivable represent amounts billed to clients that have not been collected. Unbilled accounts receivable 
represent revenue recognized but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or billed after the period end date. Except for amounts 
related to claims as discussed below, most of our unbilled receivables at September 30, 2018 are expected to be billed and collected 
within 12 months. Contract retentions represent amounts withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project is 
completed, which may be several months or years. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents amounts that are expected to 
become uncollectible or unrealizable in the future. We determine an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts based on 
management's consideration of trends in the actual and forecasted credit quality of our clients, including delinquency and payment 
history; type of client, such as a government agency or a commercial sector client; and general economic and particular industry 
conditions that may affect a client's ability to pay. Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts represent the amount of cash 
collected from clients and billings to clients on contracts in advance of revenue recognized. The majority of billings in excess of 
costs on uncompleted contracts will be earned within 12 months. 

Once contract performance is underway, we may experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, 
designs, materials and expectations regarding the period of performance. Such changes result in change orders and may be initiated 
by  us  or  by  our  clients.  In  many  cases,  agreement  with  the  client  as  to  the  terms  of  change  orders  is  reached  prior  to  work 
commencing; however, sometimes circumstances require that work progress without a definitive client agreement. Unapproved 
change orders constitute claims in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients for delays, errors in 
specifications and designs, contract terminations, or other causes of unanticipated additional costs. Revenue on claims is recognized 
when contract costs related to claims have been incurred and when their addition to contract value can be reliably estimated. This 
can lead to a situation in which costs are recognized in one period and revenue is recognized in a subsequent period, such as when 
client agreement is obtained or a claims resolution occurs. 

Total accounts receivable at September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017 included approximately $74 million and $59 million, 
respectively, related to claims, including requests for equitable adjustment, on contracts that provide for price redetermination. We 
regularly evaluate all unsettled claim amounts and record appropriate adjustments to operating earnings when it is probable that the 
claim will result in a different contract value than the amount previously estimated. Our fiscal 2018 results include a reduction of 
revenue of $10.6 million and a related charge to operating income of $12.5 million related to the settlement of a claim in our CIG 
reportable segment for a fixed-price construction project that was completed in fiscal 2014 prior to our decision to exit similar 
activities in our RCM segment. In fiscal 2017, we recognized a reduction of revenue of $4.9 million and related losses in operating 
income of $3.6 million in our RCM segment. 

Billed accounts receivable related to U.S. federal government contracts were $81.5 million and $45.4 million at September 
30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, respectively. U.S. federal government contracts unbilled receivables were $102.7 million and $109.7 
million at September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, respectively. Other than the U.S. federal government, no single client accounted 
for more than 10% of our accounts receivable at September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017. 

We recognize revenue from contracts using the percentage-of-completion method, primarily utilizing the cost-to-cost 
approach, to estimate the progress towards completion in order to determine the amount of revenue and profit to recognize. Changes 
in those estimates could result in the recognition of cumulative catch-up adjustments to the contract’s inception-to-date revenue, 
costs and profit in the period in  which such changes are  made. As a result,  we recognized net unfavorable operating income 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
adjustments of $11.2 million during fiscal 2018 in the CIG segment. We recognized net unfavorable operating income adjustments 
during fiscal 2017 of $8.0 million ($2.3 million in the CIG segment and $5.7 million in the RCM segment) and during fiscal 2016 of 
$2.3 million. Changes in revenue and cost estimates could also result in a projected loss that would be recorded immediately in 
earnings. As of September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, our consolidated balance sheets included liabilities for anticipated losses of 
$13.6 million and $8.1 million, respectively. The estimated cost to complete the related contracts as of September 30, 2018 was 
$16.4 million. 

5.           Acquisitions and Divestitures 

In the fiscal 2016, we acquired control of Coffey International Limited ("Coffey"), headquartered in Sydney, Australia. 
Coffey had approximately 3,300 staff delivering technical and engineering solutions in international development and geoscience. 
Coffey significantly expands our geographic presence, particularly in Australia and Asia-Pacific. Coffey's international development 
operations are included in our GSG segment and the remainder of Coffey's activities are included in our CIG segment. In addition to 
Australia, Coffey's international development business has operations supporting federal government agencies in the U.S., Australia 
and the United Kingdom. The fair value of the purchase price for Coffey was $76.1 million, in addition to $65.1 million of assumed 
debt, which consisted of secured bank term debt of $37.1 million and unsecured corporate bond obligations of $28.0 million. All of 
this debt was paid in full in the second quarter of fiscal 2016 subsequent to the acquisition. 

In  fiscal  2016,  we  also  acquired  INDUS  Corporation  ("INDUS"),  headquartered  in  Vienna,  Virginia.  INDUS  is  an 
information technology solutions firm focused on water data analytics, geospatial analysis, secure infrastructure, and software 
applications  management for U.S. federal government customers, and is included in our GSG segment. The fair value of the 
purchase price for INDUS was $18.7 million. Of this amount, $14.0 million was paid to the sellers and $4.7 million was the 
estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $8.0 million, based upon the achievement of specified 
operating income targets in each of the two years following the acquisition. 

In fiscal 2017, we completed the acquisition of Eco Logical Australia (“ELA”), headquartered in Sydney, Australia. ELA is 
a multi-disciplinary consulting firm with over 160 staff that provides innovative, high-end environmental and ecological services, 
and is part of our CIG segment. The fair value of the purchase price for ELA was $9.9 million. Of this amount, $8.3 million was paid 
to the sellers and $1.6 million was the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $1.7 million, 
based upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the two years following the acquisition. 

In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2018,  we  acquired  Glumac,  headquartered  in  Portland,  Oregon.  Glumac  is  a  leader  in 
sustainable infrastructure design with more than 300 employees and is part of our GSG segment. The fair value of the purchase price 
for Glumac was $38.4 million. This amount is comprised of $20.0 million of initial cash payments made to the sellers and $18.4 
million for the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $20.0 million payable, based upon the 
achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the three years following the acquisition. 

In the second quarter of fiscal 2018, we completed the acquisition of Norman Disney & Young  (“NDY”), a leader in 
sustainable infrastructure engineering design. NDY is an Australian-based global engineering design firm with more than 700 
professionals operating in offices throughout Australia, the Asia-Pacific region, the United Kingdom, and Canada and is part of our 
CIG segment. The fair value of the purchase price for NDY was $56.1 million. This amount is comprised of $46.9 million of initial 
cash payments made to the sellers, $1.6 million held in escrow, and $7.6 million for the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out 
obligations, with a maximum amount of $20.2 million, based upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of 
the three years following the acquisition. 

In the third quarter of fiscal 2018, we divested our non-core utility field services operations in the CIG reportable segment 
for net proceeds after transaction costs of $30.2 million. This operation generated approximately $70 million in annual revenue 
primarily from our U.S. commercial clients.  We also divested of other non-core assets during the third quarter of fiscal 2018 further 
described in Note 7, "Property and Equipment".  These non-core divestitures resulted in a pre-tax loss of $3.4 million, which is 
included in selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2018. 

Goodwill additions resulting from the above business combinations are primarily attributable to the existing workforce of 
the acquired companies and the synergies expected to arise after the acquisitions. The goodwill additions related to our fiscal 2018 
acquisitions primarily represent the value of a workforce with distinct expertise in the sustainable infrastructure design market. The 
goodwill additions related to the fiscal 2017 acquisitions primarily represent the value of workforces with distinct expertise in the 
environmental and ecological markets. In addition, these acquired capabilities, when combined with our existing global consulting 
and engineering business, result in opportunities that allow us to provide services under contracts that could not have been pursued 
individually by either us or the acquired companies. The results of these acquisitions were included in the consolidated financial 
statements from their respective closing dates. These acquisitions and divestitures were not considered material to our consolidated 
financial statements. As a result, no pro forma information has been provided. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Backlog, client relations and trade name intangible assets include the fair value of existing contracts and the underlying 

customer relationships with lives ranging from 1 to 10 years, and trade names with lives ranging from 3 to 5 years. 

Most of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out agreements, which are generally based on the achievement 
of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based on our valuations of the acquired companies, 
and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. The fair values of any earn-out 
arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their respective acquisition dates. For each 
transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial purchase price and record the estimated 
fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Current contingent earn-out liabilities" and "Long-term contingent earn-out 
liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors when determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are 
part of the purchase price, including the  following: (1) the  valuation of our acquisitions is not supported solely by the initial 
consideration  paid,  and  the  contingent  earn-out  formula  is  a  critical  and  material  component  of  the  valuation  approach  to 
determining  the  purchase  price;  and  (2)  the  former  owners  of  acquired  companies  that  remain  as  key  employees  receive 
compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level compared with the compensation of our other key 
employees. The contingent earn-out payments are not affected by employment termination. 

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability-weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in the 
fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally two or three years), and the probability 
outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases or decreases to either of these inputs in isolation would result 
in a significantly higher or lower liability, with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of the contingent earn-out 
obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the fair value estimate and 
amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the contingent earn-out liability on the 
acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Any amount paid in 
excess of the contingent earn-out liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in operating activities in our consolidated 
statements of cash flows. 

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value 
could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities related to 
the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair value related 
to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income.  In  fiscal 2018, we recorded adjustments to our 
contingent earn-out liabilities and reported related losses in operating income of $4.3 million. These losses resulted from updated 
valuations  of  the  contingent  consideration  liabilities  for  NDY,  ELA  and  Cornerstone  Environmental  Group  ("CEG").  These 
valuations included our updated projections of NDY's, ELA's, and CEG's financial performance during the earn-out periods, which 
exceeded our original estimates at the acquisition dates. In addition, in fiscal 2018 we recognized a charge of $1.5 million  that 
related to the earn-out for Glumac but was treated as compensation in selling, general and administrative expenses due to the terms 
of the arrangement, which included an on-going service requirement for a portion of the earn-out. 

During  fiscal  2017,  we  recorded  adjustments  to  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  related  net  gains  in 
operating income totaling $6.9 million. These gains resulted from updated valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for 
INDUS and CEG. During fiscal 2016, we increased our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported related losses in operating 
income  of  $2.8  million.  These  losses  include  a  $1.8  million  charge  that  reflected  our  updated  valuation  of  the  contingent 
consideration liability for CEG. The remaining $1.0 million loss represented the final cash settlement of an earn-out liability that was 
valued at $0 at the end of fiscal 2015. 

The acquisition agreement for INDUS included a contingent earn-out agreement based on the achievement of operating 
income thresholds in each of the first two years beginning on the acquisition date, which was in the second quarter of fiscal 2016. 
The maximum earn-out obligation over the two-year earn-out period was $8.0 million ($4.0 million in each year). These amounts 
could be earned on a pro-rata basis starting at 50% of the earn-out maximum for operating income within a predetermined range in 
each year. INDUS was required to meet a minimum operating income threshold in each year to earn any contingent consideration. 
These minimum thresholds were $3.2 million and $3.6 million in years one and two, respectively. In order to earn the maximum 
contingent consideration, INDUS needed to generate operating income of $3.6 million in year one and $4.0 million in year two. 

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for INDUS on the acquisition date included our estimate of the fair 
value of the related contingent earn-out obligation. The initial valuation was primarily based on probability-weighted internal 
estimates of INDUS’ operating income during each earn-out period. As a result of these estimates, we calculated an initial fair value 
at the acquisition date of INDUS’ contingent earn-out liability of $4.7 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2016. This amount had 
increased to $4.9 million at the end of fiscal 2016 due to the passage of time for the present value calculation. In determining that 

72 

 
 
 
INDUS would earn 59% of the maximum potential earn-out, we considered several factors including INDUS’ recent historical 
revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend in INDUS’ backlog level. 

INDUS’ actual financial performance in the first earn-out period was below our original expectation at the acquisition date. 
As a result, in the second quarter of fiscal 2017, we evaluated our estimate of INDUS’ contingent consideration liability for both 
earn-out periods. This assessment included a review of INDUS’ financial results in the first earn-out period, the status of ongoing 
projects in INDUS’ backlog, and the inventory of prospective new contract awards. As a result of this assessment, we concluded that 
INDUS’ operating income in both the first and second earn-out periods would be lower than the minimum requirements of $3.2 
million and $3.6 million, respectively, to earn any contingent consideration. Accordingly, in the second quarter of fiscal 2017, we 
reduced the INDUS contingent earn-out liability to $0, which resulted in a gain of $5.0 million. 

During the second quarter of fiscal 2017, when we determined that INDUS’ operating income would be lower than our 
previous estimates, including our original estimates at the acquisition dates, we also evaluated the related goodwill for potential 
impairment. We determined that the related reporting units’ long-term performance was not materially impacted and there was no 
resulting goodwill impairment. 

At September 30, 2018, there was a total maximum of $50.6 million of outstanding contingent consideration related to 

acquisitions. Of this amount, $35.3 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet. 

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of estimated contingent earn-out liabilities: 

Beginning balance (at fair value) 

Estimated earn-out liabilities for acquisitions during the fiscal year 

Increases due to re-measurement of fair value reported in interest expense 

Net increase (decrease) due to re-measurement of fair value reported as 
losses (gains) in operating income 
Foreign exchange impact 

Earn-out payments: 

Reported as cash used in operating activities 

Reported as cash used in financing activities 

Ending balance (at fair value) 

6.           Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 
(in thousands) 

October 2, 
 2016 

$ 

$ 

2,438     $ 
32,210    
1,005    

4,252 

(854 )  

(2,349 )  

(1,412 )  
35,290    $ 

8,757     $ 
1,604    
260    

(6,923 )  
59    

—    
(1,319 )  
2,438    $ 

4,169  
4,745  
271  

2,823 
—  

—  
(3,251 ) 
8,757  

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of goodwill: 

Balance at October 2, 2016 

Acquisition activity 

Translation and other 

Balance at October 1, 2017 

Acquisition activity 

Divestiture activity 

Translation and other 

Balance at September 30, 2018 

GSG 

CIG 

Total 

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

357,050     $ 

—    
4,711    
361,761    
27,526    
—    
454    
389,741    $ 

360,938     $ 
7,055    
11,132    
379,125    
58,353    
(12,160 )  

(16,239 )  
409,079    $ 

717,988  
7,055  
15,843  
740,886  
85,879  
(12,160 ) 

(15,785 ) 
798,820  

We perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the beginning of our fiscal fourth quarter. Our last review at July 2, 
2018 (i.e. the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 2018), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of our reporting 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
units had estimated fair values that were in excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. All of our reporting units  had 
estimated fair values that exceeded their carrying values by more than 30%. In addition, we regularly evaluate whether events and 
circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in the recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim goodwill 
impairment reviews between our annual reviews if certain events and circumstances have occurred, such as a deterioration in general 
economic conditions; an increase in the competitive environment; a change in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; 
negative or declining cash flows; or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of 
relevant prior periods. 

Our fourth quarter 2018 and 2017 goodwill impairment reviews indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of 
our other reporting units had estimated fair values that were in excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. Although we 
believe that our estimates of fair value for these reporting units are reasonable, if financial performance for these reporting units falls 
significantly below our expectations or market prices for similar business decline, the goodwill for these reporting units could 
become impaired. 

Foreign exchange translation relates to our foreign subsidiaries  with functional currencies that are different than our 
reporting currency. The gross amounts of goodwill for GSG were $407.4 million and $379.5 million at September 30, 2018 and 
October 1, 2017, respectively, excluding $17.7 million of accumulated impairment. The gross amounts of goodwill for CIG were 
$507.0 million and $477.0 million at September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, respectively, excluding $97.9 million of accumulated 
impairment. 

The gross amount and accumulated amortization of our acquired identifiable intangible assets with finite useful lives 

included in "Intangible assets – net" on the consolidated balance sheets, were as follows: 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 2018 

October 1, 2017 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Life 
(in years) 

Gross 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization   
($ in thousands) 

Gross 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Non-compete agreements 

Client relations 

Backlog 

Technology and trade names 

Total 

0.0 

2.6 

0.5 

3.2 

  $ 

  $ 

83    $ 

54,639    
23,371    
8,144    
86,237    $ 

(83 )  $ 

(46,449 )  

(20,007 )  

(3,575 )  

(70,114 )  $ 

495    $ 

90,297    
21,518    
6,685    
118,995    $ 

(493 ) 

(75,074 ) 

(13,301 ) 

(3,439 ) 

(92,307 ) 

Foreign currency translation adjustments reduced net identifiable intangible assets by $0.9 million and $0.1 million in fiscal 
2018 and 2017, respectively. Amortization expense for the identifiable intangible assets for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $18.2 
million, $22.8 million and $22.1 million, respectively. 

Estimated amortization expense for the succeeding five years and beyond is as follows: 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

Total 

7.           Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consisted of the following: 

74 

Amount 

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

9,016  
3,366  
2,271  
1,037  
433  
16,123  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equipment, furniture and fixtures 

Leasehold improvements 

Land and buildings 

Total property and equipment 

Accumulated depreciation 

Property and equipment, net 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

131,521     $ 
31,430    
413    
163,364    
(120,086 )  

43,278    $ 

150,026  
27,689  
3,680  
181,395  
(124,560 ) 
56,835  

The depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $19.6 million, $22.2 million and $22.8 million for fiscal 
2018,  2017  and  2016,  respectively.  Our  property  and  equipment  declined  $7.0  million  ($3.0  million  of  which  was  land  and 
buildings) due to the divestitures of our non-core utility field services operations in the CIG reportable segment and certain non-core 
assets in the third quarter of fiscal 2018. 

8.           Income Taxes 

The income before income taxes, by geographic area, was as follows: 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 
(in thousands) 

October 2, 
 2016 

$ 

$ 

180,034     $ 
(5,472 )  
174,562    $ 

166,074     $ 
5,687    
171,761    $ 

113,576  
10,890  
124,466  

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 
(in 
thousands) 

October 2, 
 2016 

$ 

46,840     $ 
9,228    
10,897    
66,965    

45,604     $ 
8,860    
9,337    
63,801    

(22,072 )  

(1,471 )  

(5,817 )  

(29,360 )  

(4,251 )  

(945 )  

(4,761 )  

(9,957 )   

22,277  
5,634  
6,651  
34,562  

6,231  
(16 ) 

(164 ) 
6,051  

$ 

37,605    $ 

53,844    $ 

40,613  

Income before income taxes: 

United States 

Foreign 

Total income before income taxes 

Income tax expense consisted of the following: 

Current: 

Federal 

State 

Foreign 

Total current income tax expense 

Deferred: 

Federal 

State 

Foreign 

Total deferred income tax expense 

Total income tax expense 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
Total income tax expense was different from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to pre-tax 

income as follows: 

Tax at federal statutory rate 
State taxes, net of federal benefit 

Research and Development ("R&D") credit 

Domestic production deduction 

Tax differential on foreign earnings 

Non-taxable foreign interest income 

Non-deductible executive compensation 

Goodwill 

Stock compensation 

Valuation allowance 

Change in uncertain tax positions 

Revaluation of deferred taxes 

Deferred tax adjustments 

Other 

Total income tax expense 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 
24.5% 

October 1, 
 2017 
35.0% 

October 2, 
 2016 
35.0% 

4.2 

(1.4) 

(0.2) 

0.5 

(2.0) 

— 

1.7 

(2.7) 

(0.5) 

1.9 

(8.4) 

2.1 

1.8 

21.5% 

3.4 

(1.8) 

(0.7) 

— 

(2.9) 

— 

— 

(2.8) 

(0.5) 

1.8 

— 

— 

(0.2) 

31.3% 

3.1 

(3.4) 

(0.7) 

(1.6) 

(3.9) 

2.0 

— 

0.3 

2.4 

(2.0) 

— 

— 

1.4 

32.6% 

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2018 and 2017 were 21.5% and 31.3%, respectively. The fiscal 2018 tax rate reflects the 
impact of the comprehensive tax legislation enacted by the U.S. government on December 22, 2017, which is commonly referred to 
as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”). The TCJA significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other 
things, lowering the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, while also repealing the deduction for 
domestic production activities, limiting the deductibility of certain executive compensation, and  implementing a modified territorial 
tax system. The TCJA also imposes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of historical earnings of foreign subsidiaries. 
We analyzed this provision of the TCJA and our related foreign earnings accumulated under legacy tax laws during fiscal 2018. 
Based on our analysis of tax earnings and profits and tax deficits at the prescribed measurement dates, we have a cumulative net tax 
deficit and do not believe we have any tax liability related to this tax. As we have a September 30 fiscal year-end, our U.S. federal 
corporate income tax rate was blended in fiscal 2018, resulting in a statutory federal rate of approximately 24.5% (3 months at 35% 
and 9 months at 21%), and will be 21% for subsequent fiscal years. 

GAAP requires that the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the tax law was enacted.  As a result 
of the TCJA, we reduced our deferred tax liabilities and recorded a one-time deferred tax benefit of approximately $14.7 million in 
fiscal 2018 to reflect our estimate of temporary differences in the United States that will be recovered or settled in fiscal 2018 based 
on the 24.5% blended corporate tax rate or based on the 21% tax rate in fiscal 2019 and beyond versus the previous enacted 35% 
corporate tax rate. In fiscal 2018, we recognized other non-recurring adjustments to our deferred tax assets and liabilities that 
resulted in a net deferred tax expense of $3.6 million.  Excluding these net deferred tax benefits, our effective tax rate in fiscal 2018 
was 27.9%. 

The one-time revaluation of our deferred tax liabilities and our estimate of the one-time transition tax on foreign earnings 
are both preliminary and subject to adjustment as we refine the information necessary to record the final values. The provisional 
amounts incorporate assumptions made based on our current interpretation of the TCJA and may change as we receive additional 
clarification  on  the  implementation  guidance. Additionally,  in  order  to  complete  the  valuation  of  our  deferred  tax  liabilities, 
additional information related to the timing of the recovery or settlement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and the effective 
tax  rates  (including  state  tax  rates)  that  will  apply  needs  to  be  obtained  and  analyzed.  Similarly,  information  related  to  the 
computation of our foreign earnings and profits subject to the one-time transition tax requires further analysis before we make a final 
determination that we have no related liability. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has issued rules that would 
allow for a measurement period of up to one year after the enactment date of the TCJA to finalize the recording of the related tax 
impacts. We will finalize and record any resulting adjustments by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2019. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The fiscal 2018 divestitures of our non-core utility field services operations and other non-core assets resulted in a pre-tax 
loss of $3.4 million and incremental tax expense of $2.6 million due to a book/tax basis difference primarily related to the $12.2 
million of associated goodwill. In fiscal 2018, the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") concluded their examination for fiscal years 
2014 through 2016 and other state examinations were also completed. As a result, we recognized a net $1.6 million tax expense in 
fiscal 2018, and we made payments to the IRS of approximately $7.6 million. In fiscal 2017, the IRS concluded their examination 
for fiscal years 2010 through 2013. As a result, we recognized a $1.2 million tax benefit in and we made payments to the IRS of 
approximately $21.5 million in fiscal 2017 that represented the acceleration of a deferred tax liability. In fiscal 2017, we also 
recognized a tax expense of $2.3 million to establish a reserve for an international tax position that is under examination. Excluding 
these discrete amounts from both periods and the one-time impacts of the TCJA, the effective tax rates for fiscal 2018 and 2017 were 
25.1% and 30.7%, respectively. 

Temporary differences comprising the net deferred income tax liability shown on the accompanying consolidated balance 

sheets were as follows: 

Deferred Tax Assets: 

State taxes 

Reserves and contingent liabilities 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Accrued liabilities 

Stock-based compensation 

Loss carry-forwards 

Valuation allowance 

Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred Tax Liabilities: 

Unbilled revenue 

Prepaid expense 

Intangibles 

Property and equipment 

Total deferred tax liability 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

(in thousands) 

$ 

1,220     $ 
2,646    
4,259    
19,611    
6,338    
23,492    
(21,479 )  
36,087    

(25,819 )  

(3,524 )  

(23,319 )  

(4,984 )  

(57,646 )  

598  
2,941  
4,273  
22,466  
10,069  
28,261  
(25,326 ) 
43,282  

(46,408 ) 

(6,253 ) 

(24,328 ) 

(8,311 ) 

(85,300 ) 

$ 

(21,559 )  $ 

(42,018 ) 

At  September 30,  2018,  undistributed  earnings  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries,  primarily  in  Canada,  amounting  to 
approximately $11.8 million are expected to be permanently reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for foreign withholding taxes has 
been made. Upon distribution of those earnings, we would be subject to foreign withholding taxes. Assuming the permanently 
reinvested foreign earnings were repatriated under the laws and rates applicable at September 30, 2018, the incremental foreign 
withholding taxes applicable to those earnings would be approximately $1.0 million. 

At September 30, 2018, we had available unused state net operating loss ("NOL") carry forwards of $43.7 million that 
expire at various dates from 2023 to 2036; and available foreign NOL carry forwards of $72.4 million, of which $31.4 million expire 
at various dates from 2023 to 2038, and $41.0 million have no expiration date. We have performed an assessment of positive and 
negative evidence regarding the realization of the deferred tax assets. This assessment included the evaluation of scheduled reversals 
of deferred tax liabilities, availability of carrybacks, cumulative losses in recent years, and estimates of projected future taxable 
income. Although realization is not assured, based on our assessment, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the 
assets will be realized except for the assets related to the loss carry-forwards and certain foreign intangibles for which a valuation 
allowance of $21.5 million has been provided. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
At September 30, 2018, we had $9.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which, if recognized, would affect our 
effective tax rate. It is not expected that there will be a significant change in the unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months. A 
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

Beginning balance 

Additions for current year tax positions 

Additions for prior year tax positions 

Reductions for prior year tax positions 

Settlements 

Ending balance 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 
(in thousands) 

October 2, 
 2016 

$ 

$ 

9,337     $ 
1,108    
3,478    
—    
(4,496 )  
9,427    $ 

22,786     $ 
1,060    
2,365    
(6,875 )  

(9,999 )  
9,337    $ 

21,618  
2,802  
1,466  
(3,100 ) 
—  
22,786  

We recognize potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During fiscal years 
2018 and 2017, we accrued additional interest expense of $0.6 million $0.4 million, respectively, and recorded reductions in accrued 
interest of $0.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively, as a result of audit settlements and other prior-year adjustments. The amount 
of interest and penalties accrued at September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017 was $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. 

9.           Long-Term Debt 

Long-term debt consisted of the following: 

Credit facilities 

Other 

Total long-term debt 
Less: Current portion of long-term debt 

Long-term debt, less current portion 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

277,127     $ 
184    
277,311    
(12,599 )  
264,712    $ 

356,438  
433  
356,871  
(15,588 ) 
341,283  

On July 30, 2018, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Amended Credit Agreement”) that 
will mature in July 2023 with a total borrowing capacity of $1 billion. The Amended Credit Agreement is a $700 million senior 
secured, five-year facility that provides for a $250 million term loan facility (the “Amended Term Loan Facility”) and a $450 million 
revolving credit facility (the “Amended Revolving Credit Facility”). In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement includes a $300 
million accordion feature that allows us to increase the Amended Credit Agreement to $1 billion subject to lender approval. The 
Amended Credit Agreement allows us to, among other things, (i) refinance indebtedness under our Credit Agreement dated as of 
May 7, 2013; (ii) finance certain permitted open market repurchases of the our common stock, permitted acquisitions, and cash 
dividends and distributions; and (iii) utilize the proceeds for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate 
purposes. The Amended Revolving Credit Facility includes a $100 million sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit, a 
$20 million sublimit for swingline loans, and a $200 million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings and letters of credit. 

The entire Amended Term Loan Facility was drawn on July 30, 2018. The Amended Term Loan Facility  is subject to 
quarterly amortization of principal at 5% annually beginning December 31, 2018. We may borrow on the Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.00% to 1.75% per annum, or (b) a base rate 
for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or the Eurocurrency 
rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0% to 0.75% per annum. In each case, the applicable margin is based on our 
Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Amended Term Loan Facility is subject to the same interest rate provisions. 
The Amended Credit Agreement expires on July 30, 2023, or earlier at our discretion upon payment in full  of loans and other 
obligations. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of September 30, 2018, we had $277.1 million in outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement, which 
was comprised of $250 million under the Amended Term Loan Facility and $27.1 million under the Amended Revolving Credit 
Facility at a weighted-average interest rate of 3.27% per annum. In addition, we had $0.9 million in standby letters of credit under 
the Amended Credit Agreement. Our average effective weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding at September 30, 
2018 under the Amended Credit Agreement, including the effects of interest rate swap agreements described in Note 14, "Derivative 
Financial Instruments", was 3.28% At September 30, 2018, we had $422.0 million of available credit under the Amended Revolving 
Credit Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. 

The Amended Credit Agreement contains certain affirmative and restrictive covenants, and customary events of default. 
The financial covenants provide for a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (total funded debt/EBITDA, as defined 
in the Amended Credit Agreement) and a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 (EBITDA/Consolidated 
Interest  Charges,  as  defined  in  the  Amended  Credit Agreement).  Our  obligations  under  the Amended  Credit Agreement  are 
guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) the equity interests of certain of our 
subsidiaries, including those  subsidiaries that are  guarantors or borrowers  under the Amended Credit Agreement,  and (ii)  the 
accounts receivable, general intangibles and intercompany loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers. 

At September 30, 2018, we were in compliance with these covenants with a consolidated leverage ratio of 1.23x and a 
consolidated  interest  coverage  ratio  of  15.42x.  Our  obligations  under  the  Credit Agreement  are  guaranteed  by  certain  of  our 
subsidiaries and are secured by first priority liens on (i) the equity interests of certain of our subsidiaries, including those subsidiaries 
that are guarantors or borrowers under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) our accounts receivable, general intangibles and intercompany 
loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers. 

In addition to the credit facility, we entered into agreements to issue standby letters of credit. The aggregate amount of 
standby letters of credit outstanding under these additional agreements and other bank guarantees was $29.8 million, of which $4.3 
million was issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

We maintain at our Australian subsidiary an AUD$30 million credit facility, which may be used for bank overdrafts, short-
term cash advances and bank guarantees. This facility expires in March 2019 and is secured by a parent guarantee. At September 30, 
2018, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility and bank guarantees outstanding of $7.1 million, which were issued 
in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. 

The following table presents scheduled maturities of our long-term debt: 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

Total 

Amount 

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

12,599  
12,585  
12,500  
12,500  
227,127  
277,311  

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
10.         Leases 

We lease office and field equipment, vehicles and buildings under various operating leases. In fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
we  recognized  $77.8  million,  $71.3  million  and  $75.0  million  of  expense  associated  with  operating  leases,  respectively. The 
following are amounts payable under non-cancelable operating and capital lease commitments for the next five fiscal years and 
beyond: 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

Beyond 

Total 

Net present value 

Operating 

Capital 

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

84,442    $ 
65,119    
46,003    
29,846    
19,078    
18,253    
262,741    $ 

 $ 

92  
85  
—  
—  
—  
—  
177  

177  

We vacated certain facilities under long-term non-cancelable leases and recorded contract termination costs of $2.9 million 
in fiscal 2016. These amounts were initially measured at the fair value of the portion of the lease payments associated with the 
vacated facilities, reduced by estimated sublease rentals, less the write off of a prorated portion of existing deferred items previously 
recognized on these leases. We expect the remaining lease payments to be paid through the various lease expiration dates that 
continue until 2022. 

We initially measured the lease contract termination liability at the fair value of the prorated portion of the lease payments 
associated with the vacated facilities, reduced by estimated sublease rentals and other costs. If the actual timing and potential 
termination costs or realization of sublease income differ from our estimates, the resulting liabilities could vary from recorded 
amounts. These liabilities are reviewed periodically and adjusted when necessary. 

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of these liabilities related to lease contract 

termination costs: 

Balance at October 2, 2016 

Adjustments (1) 

Balance at October 1, 2017 

Adjustments (1) 

Balance at September 30, 2018 

GSG 

CIG 

RCM 

Total 

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

674     $ 
(415 )  
259    
(259 )  

—     $ 

2,391    $ 
(959 )   
1,432    
(512 )   
920    $ 

39    $ 
(36 )   
3    
(3 )   
—    $ 

3,104  
(1,410 ) 
1,694  
(774 ) 
920  

(1)  Adjustments of the actual timing and potential termination costs or realization of sublease income. 

11.         Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation Plans 

At September 30, 2018, we had the following stock-based compensation plans: 

•  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP").  Purchase rights to purchase common stock are granted to our eligible full 
and part-time employees, and shares of common stock are issued upon exercise of the purchase rights. An aggregate 
of 2,373,290 shares may be issued pursuant to such exercise. The maximum amount that an employee can contribute 
during a purchase right period is $5,000. The exercise price of a purchase right is the lesser of 100% of the fair 
market value of a share of common stock on the first day of the purchase right period or 85% of the fair market 
value on the last day of the purchase right period (December 15, or the business day preceding December 15 if 
December 15 is not a business day). 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
•  

•  

•  

2005 Equity Incentive Plan ("2005 EIP").  Key employees and non-employee directors may be granted equity 
awards,  including  stock  options,  restricted  stock  and  restricted  stock  units  ("RSUs").  Options  granted  before 
March 6, 2006 vested at 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the balance vests monthly thereafter, 
such that these options become fully vested no later than four years from the date of grant. These options expire no 
later  than  ten  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  Options  granted  on  and  after  March 6,  2006  vest  at  25%  on  each 
anniversary of the grant date. These options expire no later than eight years from the grant date. RSUs granted to 
date vest at 25% on each anniversary of the grant date. 

Our Compensation Committee has also awarded restricted stock to executive officers and non-employee directors 
under  the  2005  EIP.  Restricted  stock  grants  generally  vest  over  a  minimum  three-year  period,  and  may  be 
performance-based, determined by EPS growth, or service-based. No awards have made under the 2005 EIP since 
the adoption of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan described below. 

2015 Equity Incentive Plan ("2015 EIP").  Key employees and non-employee directors may be granted equity 
awards, including stock options, performance share units ("PSUs") and RSUs. Shares issued with respect to awards 
granted under the 2015 EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as "full value 
awards", are counted against the 2015 EIP's aggregate share limit as three shares for every share or unit actually 
issued. No awards have made under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan since the adoption of the 2018 Equity Incentive 
Plan on March 8, 2018 described below. 

2018 Equity Incentive Plan ("2018 EIP"). Key employees and non-employee directors may be granted equity 
awards, including stock options, performance share units ("PSUs") and RSUs. Shares issued with respect to awards 
granted under the 2018 EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as "full value 
awards", are counted against the 2018 EIP's aggregate share limit as one share for every share or unit issued. At 
September 30, 2018, there were 3.0 million shares available for future awards pursuant to the 2018 EIP. 

The stock-based compensation and related income tax benefits were as follows: 

Total stock-based compensation 

Income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation 

Stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit 

Stock Options 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 
(in thousands) 

October 2, 
 2016 

$ 

$ 

19,582    $ 
(5,288 )  
14,294    $ 

13,450    $ 
(4,715 )  
8,735    $ 

12,964  
(4,656 ) 
8,308  

Stock option activity for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 was as follows: 

Number of 
Options 
(in thousands) 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price 
per Share 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 
(in thousands) 

Outstanding on October 1, 2017 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Outstanding at September 30, 2018 

Vested or expected to vest at September 30, 
2018 
Exercisable on September 30, 2018 

1,753    $ 
171    
(549 )  

(20 )  
1,355    

1,330 

929    

27.18      
48.01      
50.85      
26.90      
30.87    

5.17 

 $ 

50,689  

30.94 
27.21    

5.13 

3.93 

49,694 
38,152  

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between our closing stock 
price on the last trading day of fiscal 2018 and the exercise price, times the number of shares) that would have been received by the 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in-the-money option holders if they had exercised their options on September 30, 2018. This amount will change based on the fair 
market value of our stock. At September 30, 2018, we expect to recognize $3.8 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to 
stock option grants over a weighted-average period of 2 years. 

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $14.82, $12.35 and $8.05, 
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $14.4 million, $16.4 million 
and $7.3 million, respectively. 

The fair value of our stock options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The 

following assumptions were used in the calculation: 

Dividend yield 
Expected stock price volatility 

Risk-free rate of return, annual 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 
1.0% 

October 1, 
 2017 
1.0% 

October 2, 
 2016 
1.2% 

36.1% - 38.8%    36.1% -  38.8%    36.1% -  38.8% 

1.7% - 2.9% 

1.7% -  1.9% 

1.6% -  1.8% 

For purposes of the Black-Scholes model, forfeitures were estimated based on historical experience. For the fiscal 2018, 
2017 and 2016 year-ends, we based our expected stock price volatility on historical volatility behavior and current implied volatility 
behavior. Our risk-free rate of return was based on constant maturity rates provided by the U.S. Treasury. The expected life was 
based on historical experience. 

Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $13.5 million, $18.6 million and $18.0 million for fiscal 2018, 
2017 and 2016, respectively. Our policy is to issue shares from our authorized shares upon the exercise of stock options. The actual 
income tax benefit realized from exercises of nonqualified stock options and disqualifying dispositions of qualified options for fiscal 
2018, 2017 and 2016 was $5.1 million, $4.9 million and $5.3 million, respectively. 

RSU and PSU 

RSU awards are granted to our key employee and non-employee directors. The fair value of the RSU was determined at the 
date of grant using the market price of the underlying common stock as of the date of grant. All of the RSUs have time-based vesting 
over a four-year period, except that RSUs awarded to directors vest after one year. The total compensation cost of the awards is then 
amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis. 

PSU awards are granted to our executive officers and non-employee directors. All of the PSUs are performance-based and 
vest, if at all, after the conclusion of the three-year performance period.  The number of PSUs that ultimately vest is based on 50% 
on the growth in our EPS and 50% on our relative total shareholder return over the vesting period. For the performance-based 
awards, our expected performance is reviewed to estimate the percentage of shares that will vest. The total compensation cost of the 
awards is then amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the RSU and PSU activity under our stock plans is as follows: 

Nonvested balance at September 27, 2015 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Nonvested balance at October 2, 2016 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Nonvested balance at October 1, 2017 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Nonvested balance at September 30, 2018 

RSU 

PSU 

Number of 
Shares  
(in thousands)  

Weighted- 
Average  
Grant Date  
Fair Value 
per Share 

Number of 
Shares 
(in thousands) 

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 
per Share 

483     $ 
217    
(180 )  

(21 )  
499    
226    
(186 )  

(28 )  
511    
199    
(184 )  

(38 )  
488    

26.75    
27.14    
26.03    
27.11    
27.16    
41.00    
26.98    
30.15    
33.19    
48.16    
31.85    
36.39    
39.56    

139    $ 
138    
—    
—    
277    
99    
—    
—    
376    
99    
(139 )   

(13 )   
323    

31.66  
31.63  
—  
—  
31.65  
48.36  
—  
—  
36.05  
57.40  
31.66  
41.80  
44.27  

During fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, we awarded 198,960, 226,241 and 216,539 shares of RSUs, respectively, to our key 
employees and non-employee directors. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 
2016 was $48.16, $41.00 and $27.14, respectively. At September 30, 2018, there were 488,139 RSUs outstanding. RSU forfeitures 
result from employment terminations prior to vesting. Forfeited shares return to the pool of authorized shares available for award. 

During fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, we awarded 99,217, 99,180 and 137,777 shares of PSUs, respectively, to our executive 
officers and non-employee directors. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of PSUs granted during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 
was $57.40, $48.36 and $31.63, respectively. 

The stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs and PSUs for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $15.5 million, $10.6 
million and $10.3 million, respectively, and was included in total stock-based compensation expense.  At September 30, 2018, there 
was $18.1 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to nonvested RSUs and PSUs that will be substantially 
recognized by the end of fiscal 2020. 

ESPP 

The following table summarizes shares purchased, weighted-average purchase price, cash received and the aggregate 

intrinsic value for shares purchased under the ESPP: 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 
(in thousands, except for purchase price) 

October 2, 
 2016 

Shares purchased 

Weighted-average purchase price 

Cash received from exercise of purchase rights 

Aggregate intrinsic value 

141    
40.38     $ 
5,727     $ 
337     $ 

190    
26.02     $ 
4,940     $ 
—     $ 

209  
22.54  
4,707  
710  

$ 

$ 

$ 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The grant date fair value of each award granted under the ESPP was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 

model with the following assumptions: 

Dividend yield 

Expected stock price volatility 

Risk-free rate of return, annual 

Expected life (in years) 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 
1.0% 

October 1, 
 2017 
1.0% 

October 2, 
 2016 
1.3% 

24.0% 

1.8% 

1 

22.4% 

0.9% 

1 

23.7% 

0.2% 

1 

For fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, we based our expected stock price volatility on historical volatility behavior and current 
implied volatility behavior. The risk-free rate of return was based on constant maturity rates provided by the U.S. Treasury. The 
expected life was based on the ESPP terms and conditions. 

Stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 included $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million, 
respectively,  related  to  the  ESPP.  The  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  costs  for  awards  granted  under  the  ESPP  at 
September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017 were $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. At September 30, 2018, ESPP participants 
had accumulated $3.5 million to purchase our common stock. 

12.         Retirement Plans 

We have established defined contribution plans including 401(k) plans. Generally, employees are eligible to participate in 
the defined contribution plans upon completion of one year of service and in the 401(k) plans upon commencement of employment. 
For  fiscal  2018,  2017  and  2016,  employer  contributions  to  the  plans  were  $22.4  million,  $11.4  million  and  $10.7  million, 
respectively. 

We have established a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain key employees and non-employee directors. 
Eligible employees and non-employee directors may elect to defer the receipt of salary, incentive payments, restricted stock, PSU 
and RSU awards, and non-employee director fees, which are generally invested by us in individual variable life insurance contracts 
we  own  that  are  designed  to  informally  fund  savings  plans  of  this  nature. At  September  30,  2018  and  October  1,  2017,  the 
consolidated balance sheets reflect assets of $29.4 million and $25.0 million, respectively, related to the deferred compensation plan 
in "Other long-term assets," and liabilities of $30.2 million and $25.2 million, respectively, related to the deferred compensation plan 
in "Other long-term liabilities." 

13.         Earnings per Share 

The following table sets forth the number of weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted EPS: 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic 
Effect of diluted stock options and unvested restricted stock 

Weighted-average common stock outstanding – diluted 

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Fiscal Year Ended 

October 2, 
October 1, 
September 30, 
 2018 
 2016 
 2017 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

136,883    $ 
55,670    
928    
56,598    

117,874    $ 
56,911    
1,002    
57,913    

2.46    $ 
2.42    $ 

2.07    $ 
2.04    $ 

83,783  
58,186  
780  
58,966  

1.44  
1.42  

For fiscal 2018, 0.1 million options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive potential common shares. For fiscal 2017 
and 2016, no options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive potential common shares. These options were not included in 
the computation of dilutive potential common shares because the assumed proceeds per share exceeded the average market price per 
share for that period. Therefore, their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
14.         Derivative Financial Instruments 

We use certain interest rate derivative contracts to hedge interest rate exposures on our variable rate debt. We enter into 
foreign currency derivative contracts with financial institutions to reduce the risk that cash flows and earnings will be adversely 
affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Our hedging program is not designated for trading or speculative purposes. 

We recognize derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at fair 
value. We record changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of the derivatives that have been designated as cash flow hedges in 
our consolidated balance sheets as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), and in our consolidated statements of income 
for those derivatives designated as fair value hedges. 

In fiscal 2013, we entered into three interest rate swap agreements that we designated as cash flow hedges to fix the 
variable interest rates on a portion of borrowings under our term loan facility. In the first quarter of fiscal 2014, we entered into two 
interest rate swap agreements that we designated as cash flow hedges to fix the variable interest rates on the borrowings under our 
term loan facility. All of these interest rate swap agreements expired in May 2018. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, we entered 
into five interest rate swap agreements that we designated as cash flow hedges to fix the variable interest rates on the borrowings 
under our Amended Term Loan Facility. The interest rate swaps expire in July 2023. At September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017, the 
effective portion of our interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges before tax effect was $(1.3) million and 
$(0.05) million, respectively, all of which we expect to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to 
interest expense within the next 12 months. 

As of September 30, 2018, the notional principal, fixed rates and related expiration dates of our outstanding interest rate 

swap agreements are as follows: 

Notional Amount 
(in thousands) 
$50,000 

50,000 

50,000 

50,000 

50,000 

Fixed 
Rate 
2.79% 

2.79% 

2.79% 

2.79% 

2.79% 

Expiration 
Date 
July 2023 

July 2023 

July 2023 

July 2023 

July 2023 

The fair values of our outstanding derivatives designated as hedging instruments were as follows: 

Balance Sheet Location 

Interest rate swap agreements 

Other current assets 

Fair Value of Derivative 
Instruments as of 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

(in thousands) 

 $ 

1,244    $ 

49  

The impact of the effective portions of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships and fair value relationships 
on income and other comprehensive income was immaterial for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017. 
Additionally,  there  were  no  ineffective  portions  of  derivative  instruments.  Accordingly,  no  amounts  were  excluded  from 
effectiveness testing for our interest rate swap agreements. We had no other derivative instruments that were not designated as 
hedging instruments for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.         Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The  accumulated balances and reporting period activities for fiscal 2018 and 2017 related  to reclassifications out of 

accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are summarized as follows: 

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 
Adjustments 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Gain (Loss) 
on Derivative 
Instruments 

(in thousands) 

Balances at October 2, 2016 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications 

$ 

(126,840 )   $ 
27,894    

(1,168 )  $ 
2,363    

(128,008 ) 
30,257  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income   

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1) 

Net current-period other comprehensive income 

Balances at October 1, 2017 

$ 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income   

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1) 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss) 

—    
27,894    
(98,946 )  $ 

(29,656 )  

—    
(29,656 )  

Balances at September 30, 2018 

$ 

(128,602 )   $ 

(749 )  
1,614    

446    $ 

1,215    

(409 )  
806    
1,252    $ 

(749 ) 
29,508  
(98,500 ) 

(28,441 ) 

(409 ) 

(28,850 ) 

(127,350 ) 

(1)  This accumulated other comprehensive component is reclassified to "Interest expense" in our consolidated statements of income. 

16.         Fair Value Measurements 

Derivative Instruments.    For additional information about our derivative financial instruments (see Note 2, "Basis of 

Presentation and Preparation" and Note 14, "Derivative Financial Instruments"). 

Contingent Consideration.    We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis (see Note 2, 

"Basis of Presentation and Preparation" and Note 5, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for further information). 

Debt.    The  fair  value  of  long-term  debt  was  determined  using  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  based  on  the 
borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and maturities (Level 2 measurement). The carrying value of our 
long-term debt approximated fair value at September 30, 2018 and October 1, 2017. At September 30, 2018, we had borrowings of 
$277.1 million outstanding under our Amended Credit Agreement, which were used to fund our business acquisitions, working 
capital needs, stock repurchases, dividends, capital expenditures and contingent earn-outs. 

17.         Commitments and Contingencies 

We are subject to certain claims and lawsuits typically filed against the engineering, consulting and construction profession, 
alleging primarily professional errors or omissions. We carry professional liability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and 
policy limits, against such claims. However, in some actions, parties are seeking damages that exceed our insurance coverage or for 
which we are not insured. While management does not believe that the resolution of these claims will have a material adverse effect, 
individually  or  in  aggregate,  on  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows,  management  acknowledges  the 
uncertainty surrounding the ultimate resolution of these matters. 

On October 15, 2018, the Civil Division of the United States Attorney's Office ("USAO") filed a notice of election to 
intervene in three qui tam actions filed against our subsidiary, Tetra Tech EC, Inc. ("TtEC"), in the U.S. District Court for the 
Northern District of California. The complaints of the qui tam relators allege False Claims Act violations related to TtEC's contracts 
to perform environmental remediation services at the former Hunters Point Naval Shipyard in San Francisco, California. The court 
has ordered the USAO to file a complaint in intervention on or before January 14, 2019. We are currently unable to determine the 
probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of a reasonably possible loss, if any. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
 
18.         Reportable Segments 

Beginning in fiscal 2018, we aligned our operations to better serve our clients and markets, resulting in two renamed 
reportable segments. Our GSG reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. government clients (federal, state and 
local) and all activities with development agencies worldwide. Our CIG reportable segment primarily includes activities with U.S. 
commercial clients and international clients other than development agencies. This alignment allows us to capitalize on our growing 
market opportunities and enhance the  development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to meet our growing client 
demand. We continue to report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM segment. Prior year 
amounts for reportable segments have been revised to conform to the current-year presentation. 

Our reportable segments are described as follows: 

GSG:    GSG provides consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) 
and  development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with  services  in  water, 
environment, infrastructure, information technology, and emergency management services. GSG also provides engineering design 
services for municipal and commercial clients, especially in water infrastructure, solid waste, and high-end sustainable infrastructure 
designs. GSG also leads our support for development agencies worldwide, especially in the U.S., United Kingdom, and Australia. 

CIG:    CIG provides consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. commercial clients and international clients, 
both  commercial  and  government.  CIG  supports  commercial  clients  across  the  Fortune  500,  oil  and  gas,  energy  utilities, 
manufacturing,  aerospace,  and  mining  markets.  CIG  also  provides  infrastructure  and  related  environmental  and  geotechnical 
services, testing, engineering and project management services to commercial and local government clients across Canada, in Asia-
Pacific (primarily Australia and New Zealand), as well as Brazil and Chile. CIG also provides field construction management 
activities in the United States and Western Canada. 

RCM:    We report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM reportable segment. The 

remaining backlog for RCM as of September 30, 2018 was immaterial as the related projects are substantially complete. 

Management evaluates the performance of these reportable segments based upon their respective segment operating income 
before the effect of amortization expense related to acquisitions, and other unallocated corporate expenses. We account for inter-
segment revenues and transfers as if they were to third parties; that is, by applying a negotiated fee onto the costs of the services 
performed. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. In fiscal 2016, the corporate 
segment operating losses included $19.5 million of acquisition and integration expenses. 

The following tables set forth summarized financial information concerning our reportable segments: 

Reportable Segments 

Revenue 
GSG 

CIG 

RCM 

Elimination of inter-segment revenue 

Total revenue 

Income from operations 
GSG 

CIG 

RCM 
Corporate (1) 

Total operating income 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 
(in thousands) 

October 2, 
 2016 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,694,871    $ 
1,323,142    
14,199    
(68,064 )  
2,964,148    $ 

1,487,611    $ 
1,326,020    
18,207    
(78,478 )   
2,753,360    $ 

1,289,506  
1,297,209  
52,150  
(55,396 ) 
2,583,469  

168,211    $ 
74,451    
(4,573 )  

(48,003 )  
190,086    $ 

138,199    $ 
90,817    
(14,712 )   

(30,962 )   
183,342    $ 

101,595  
106,602  
(11,834 ) 

(60,508 ) 
135,855  

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
(1) 

Includes goodwill and intangible assets impairment charges, amortization of intangibles, other costs and other income not allocable to 
segments. The intangible asset amortization expense for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $18.2 million, $22.8 million and $22.1 million, 
respectively. Corporate results also included income (loss) for fair value adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities of $(4.3) million, 
$6.9 million and $(2.8) million for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Fiscal 2016 also included $19.5 million of acquisition and 
integration related expenses recorded at Corporate. 

Total Assets 
GSG 

CIG 

RCM 
Corporate (1) 

Total assets 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 

(in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

468,010     $ 
478,197    
25,683    
987,531    
1,959,421    $ 

378,839  
518,697  
33,620  
971,589  
1,902,745  

(1)  Corporate assets consist of intercompany eliminations and assets not allocated to reportable segments including goodwill, intangible assets, 

deferred income taxes and certain other assets. 

Geographic Information 

Fiscal Year Ended 

October 1, 2017 

October 2, 2016 

September 30, 2018 
Long-
Lived 
Assets (2) 

Revenue 
$  2,232,013    $ 
732,135    

  Revenue 

Long-
Lived 
Assets (2) 

  Revenue 

59,164    $  2,018,841    $ 
734,519    
34,934    

58,965    $  1,858,551     $ 
34,183    

724,918    

Long-
Lived 
Assets (2) 
59,334  
39,067  

United States 
Foreign countries (1) 

(1) 

Includes revenue generated from our foreign operations, primarily in Canada and Australia, and revenue generated from non-U.S. clients. 
Long-lived assets consist primarily of amounts from our Canadian operations. 

(2)  Excludes goodwill and intangible assets. 

Major Clients 

Other than the U.S. federal government, we had no single client that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. All of 

our segments generated revenue from all client sectors. 

The following table presents our revenue by client sector: 

Client Sector 
U.S. state and local government 
U.S. federal government (1) 
U.S commercial 
International (2) 

Total 

Fiscal Year Ended 

September 30, 
 2018 

October 1, 
 2017 
(in thousands) 

October 2, 
 2016 

$ 

$ 

469,231    $ 
974,384    
788,398    
732,135    
2,964,148    $ 

353,062    $ 
901,136    
764,643    
734,519    
2,753,360    $ 

310,740  
784,368  
763,443  
724,918  
2,583,469  

(1) 

(2) 

Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States. 

Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada and Australia, and revenue generated from non-U.S. clients. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
19.         Quarterly Financial Information – Unaudited 

In the opinion of management, the following unaudited quarterly data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and 

October 1, 2017 reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations. 

As  a  result  of  the  TCJA,  we  reduced  our  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  recorded  a  one-time  deferred  tax  benefit  of 
approximately $14.7 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2018. In the third quarter of fiscal 2018, we recognized losses of $3.4 
million related to the divestiture of our non-core utility field services operations and other non-core assets. We settled a claim related 
to a fixed-price construction project completed in fiscal 2014 and recognized a reduction in revenue of $10.6 million and a related 
loss in operating income of $12.5 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018. 

Fiscal Year 2018 

Revenue 

Income from operations 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Fiscal Year 2017 
Revenue 

Income from operations 

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech 

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech: 

Basic 

Diluted 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 

Diluted 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

759,749    $ 
48,589    
46,034    

700,262    $ 
42,716    
28,725    

764,795    $ 
55,496    
33,322    

739,343  
43,285  
28,802  

0.82    $ 
0.81    $ 

0.51    $ 
0.51    $ 

0.60    $ 
0.59    $ 

0.52  
0.51  

55,855    
56,875    

55,841    
56,673    

55,537    
56,390    

55,341  
56,349  

668,851    $ 
39,855    
26,562    

663,781    $ 
42,956    
26,862    

685,539    $ 
45,884    
29,983    

735,188  
54,647  
34,467  

0.47    $ 
0.46    $ 

0.47    $ 
0.46    $ 

0.52    $ 
0.52    $ 

0.61  
0.60  

57,099    
58,145    

57,270    
58,270    

57,184    
58,161    

56,338  
57,326  

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures 

              Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures and changes in internal control over financial reporting 

At September 30, 2018, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure 
controls and procedures. Based  on our management's evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer), our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report, our disclosure  controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 
Exchange Act), were effective. 

              Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As 
defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision 
of, our principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Internal controls include those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the 
maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  our  assets; 
(ii) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in 
accordance with U.S. GAAP and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our 
management  and  directors;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Because of its 
inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes  in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly, even effective internal 
control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at September 30, 2018, based on the 
criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Based upon this assessment, management has 
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at September 30, 2018, at a reasonable assurance level. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial 
statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting. This report, dated 
November 16, 2018, appears on page 56 of this Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended September 30, 2018 

that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.    Other Information 

None. 

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

The information required by this item relating to our directors and nominees, regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of 
the Exchange Act, and regarding our Audit Committee is included under the captions "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors" and 
"Section 16(a) Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2019 Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information required by this item relating to our executive officers 

is included under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Report. 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer and all members of our finance department, 
including our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics, entitled "Finance Code of Professional 
Conduct," is posted on our website. The Internet address for our website is www.tetratech.com, and the code of ethics may be found 
through a link to the Investor Relations section of our website. 

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K for any amendment to, or waiver from, a 

provision of this code of ethics by posting any such information on our website, at the address and location specified above. 

90 

 
Item 11.    Executive Compensation 

The information required by this item is included under the captions "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors" and "Executive 
Compensation Tables" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

The information required by this item relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management, and 
securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  equity  compensation  plans,  is  included  under  the  caption  "Security  Ownership  of 
Management and Significant Stockholders" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is 
incorporated by reference. 

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by this item relating to review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons is 
included  under  the  caption  "Related  Person  Transactions,"  and  the  information  required  by  this  item  relating  to  director 
independence is included under the caption "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors," in each case in our Proxy Statement related to the 
2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information required by this item is included under the caption "Item No. 4 – Ratification of Independent Registered 
Public Accounting Firm" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by 
reference. 

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a.)  1.  Financial Statements 

PART IV 

The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 55 is incorporated by reference as the list of 
financial statements required as part of this Report. 

2.  Financial Statement Schedule 

The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 55 is incorporated by reference as the list of 
financial statement schedules required as part of this Report. 

3.  Exhibits 

The exhibit list in the Index to Exhibits on pages 93 is incorporated by reference as the list of exhibits required as part of 
this Report. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TETRA TECH, INC. 
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES 

For the Fiscal Years Ended 
October 2, 2016, October 1, 2017 and September 30, 2018 
(in thousands) 

Allowance for doubtful accounts: 

Fiscal 2016 

Fiscal 2017 

Fiscal 2018 

Income tax valuation allowance: 

Fiscal 2016 

Fiscal 2017 

Fiscal 2018 

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Period 

Charged to 
Costs, Expenses 
and Revenue 

  Deductions (1)    Other (2) 

Balance at 
End of Period 

 $ 

 $ 

31,490    $ 
35,233    
32,259    

7,791    $ 
25,447    
25,326    

8,082    $ 
2,848    
7,167    

(12,191 )  

(6,233 )  

(4,485 )  

7,852    $ 
411    
2,639    

—    $  13,800    $ 
3,856    $ 
—    
—    
(121 )  
900                        —   
(4,747 )  

35,233  
32,259  
37,580  

25,447  
25,326  
21,479  

(1)  Primarily represents uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries. 

(2) 

Includes allowances from new business acquisitions, loss in foreign jurisdictions, currency adjustments, and valuation allowance 
adjustments related to net operating loss carry-forwards.

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current 

Report on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2009). 

3.2   Bylaws  of  the  Company  (amended  and  restated  as  of April  2009)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 24, 2009), and amended as of November 7, 2016 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2016). 

10.1   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 30, 2018 among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech Canada 
Holding Corporation, Coffey UK Limited, Coffey Services Australia Pty. Ltd., the lenders party thereto and Bank of 
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on 
Form 8-K dated August 1, 2018). 

10.2   Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K 

for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012). 

10.3   2005 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended through November 7, 2011) (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy 

Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 28, 2012).* 

10.4   First Amendment to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended through November 7, 2011) (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).* 

10.5   2015 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders held on March 5, 2015).* 

10.6   2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting 

of Stockholders held on March 8, 2018).* 

10.7   Form  of  Indemnity Agreement  entered  into  between  the  Company  and  each  of  its  directors  and  executive  officers 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
October 3, 2004).* 

10.8   Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K 

for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007).* 

10.9   Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan dated November 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the 

Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).* 

10.10   Change of Control Severance Plan effective March 26, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 

Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2018).* 

10.11   Executive Compensation Plan (as amended and restated November 14, 2013) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 

to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).* 

21   Subsidiaries of the Company.+ 

23   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP).+ 

24   Power of Attorney (included on page 97 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). 

31.1   Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

31.2   Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

32.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

93 

 
  
 
 
 
 
95   Mine Safety Disclosures.+ 

101   The  following  financial  information  from  our  Company's  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K,  for  the  period  ended 
September 30,  2018,  formatted  in  eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language:  (i) Consolidated  Balance  Sheets, 
(ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) Consolidated 
Statements of Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.+(1) 

_______________________________________________________________________________ 

*  Indicates a management contract or compensatory arrangement. 
+  Filed herewith. 
(1 ) Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-
K shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of 
the  section,  and  shall  not  be  deemed  part  of  a  registration  statement,  prospectus  or  other  document  filed  under  the 
Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filings. 

94 

 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report on Form 10-K to 

be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

TETRA TECH, INC. 

By: 

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK 

Date: November 14, 2018 

        Dan L. Batrack 
        Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dan L. Batrack and Steven 
M. Burdick, jointly and severally, his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for such person, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all 
amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and 
necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might do or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each 
of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on 

behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK 
Dan L. Batrack 

  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President 
  (Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ STEVEN M. BURDICK 
Steven M. Burdick 

  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
  (Principal Financial Officer) 

/s/ BRIAN N. CARTER 
Brian N. Carter 

/s/ ALBERT E. SMITH 
Albert E. Smith 

/s/ GARY R. BIRKENBEUEL 
Gary R. Birkenbeuel 

/s/ HUGH M. GRANT 
Hugh M. Grant 

/s/ PATRICK C. HADEN 
Patrick C. Haden 

/s/ J. CHRISTOPHER LEWIS 
J. Christopher Lewis 

/s/ JOANNE M. MAGUIRE 
Joanne M. Maguire 

/s/ KIMBERLY E. RITRIEVI 
Kimberly E. Ritrievi 

/s/ J. KENNETH THOMPSON 
J. Kenneth Thompson 

/s/ KIRSTEN M. VOLPI 
Kirsten M. Volpi 

  Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller 
  (Principal Accounting Officer) 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

95 

Date 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

November 14, 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE LEADERSHIP

OPERATIONAL LEADERSHIP

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and 
President, Tetra Tech, Inc.

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,  
and President

Derek G. Amidon
President, Commercial Account 
Management Division

Gary R. Birkenbeuel
Retired Regional Managing Partner,  
Ernst & Young LLP

Steven M. Burdick
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer

Hugh M. Grant
Retired Vice Chair and Regional 
Managing Partner, Ernst & Young LLP

Patrick C. Haden
President, Wilson Avenue Consulting

J. Christopher Lewis
Managing Director,  
Riordan, Lewis & Haden

Joanne M. Maguire
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Lockheed Martin Space Systems 
Company

Kimberly E. Ritrievi
President, The Ritrievi Group LLC

Albert E. Smith
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Lockheed Martin

J. Kenneth Thompson
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Pacific Star Energy, LLC

Kirsten M. Volpi
EVP for Finance and Administration, 
COO, CFO, and Treasurer,  
Colorado School of Mines

Leslie L. Shoemaker
Executive Vice President, Operations 
and President, Commercial/
International Services Group 

William R. Brownlie
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Engineer

Brian N. Carter
Senior Vice President, Corporate 
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Craig L. Christensen
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

Preston Hopson 
Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

Richard A. Lemmon
Senior Vice President, 
Corporate Administration

Brendan M. O’Rourke
Senior Vice President, 
Enterprise Risk Management

Roger R. Argus
President, Government  
Services Group and President,  
U.S. Government Division

Jan K. Auman
President, Global Development
Services Division

Urs B. Meyerhans
President, Asia Pacific Division

Mark A. Rynning
President,  U.S.  
Infrastructure Division

Bernard Teufele
President, Canada and  
South America Division

CHAIRMAN EMERITUS

Li-San Hwang
Former Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer, Tetra Tech, Inc.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
Tetra Tech, Inc.
3475 East Foothill Boulevard 
Pasadena, California 91107-6024 USA

Telephone: +1 (626) 351-4664 
Fax: +1 (626) 351-5291
tetratech.com

TRANSFER AGENT AND 
REGISTRAR
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
250 Royall Street 
Canton, Massachusetts 02021-1011 USA 

Telephone: +1 (800) 962-4284

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES
Telephone: +1 (626) 470-2844 
Email: investor.relations@tetratech.com 

STOCK LISTING
The Company’s common stock is 
traded on the NASDAQ Global Select 
Market (Symbol: TTEK)